[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022138703A1 - Gas-generating agent, adhesive composition, and adhesive sheet - Google Patents

Gas-generating agent, adhesive composition, and adhesive sheet Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022138703A1
WO2022138703A1 PCT/JP2021/047514 JP2021047514W WO2022138703A1 WO 2022138703 A1 WO2022138703 A1 WO 2022138703A1 JP 2021047514 W JP2021047514 W JP 2021047514W WO 2022138703 A1 WO2022138703 A1 WO 2022138703A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
pressure
sensitive adhesive
carbon atoms
meth
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/047514
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
陽平 伊藤
教弘 小倉
Original Assignee
大日本印刷株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大日本印刷株式会社 filed Critical 大日本印刷株式会社
Priority to JP2022571540A priority Critical patent/JPWO2022138703A1/ja
Priority to US18/269,072 priority patent/US20240141213A1/en
Priority to CN202180087145.8A priority patent/CN116615415A/en
Priority to KR1020237020907A priority patent/KR102783841B1/en
Publication of WO2022138703A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022138703A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3467Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having more than two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08K5/3472Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/10Adhesives in the form of films or foils without carriers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • C09J7/381Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA] based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C09J7/385Acrylic polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/22Compounds containing nitrogen bound to another nitrogen atom
    • C08K5/23Azo-compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/326Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for bonding electronic components such as wafers, chips or semiconductors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • C09J2301/302Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier the adhesive being pressure-sensitive, i.e. tacky at temperatures inferior to 30°C
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/40Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components
    • C09J2301/408Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components additives as essential feature of the adhesive layer
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/40Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components
    • C09J2301/416Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components use of irradiation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/50Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by process specific features
    • C09J2301/502Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by process specific features process for debonding adherents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2433/00Presence of (meth)acrylic polymer

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a gas generator, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the gas-generating agent, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive component is widely used as a binder agent such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a sealing agent, a paint, and a coating agent, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive material such as an pressure-sensitive adhesive tape or a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • a binder agent such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a sealing agent, a paint, and a coating agent
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive material such as an pressure-sensitive adhesive tape or a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the thick film wafer is adhered to an adhesive sheet. It has been proposed that the work be carried out efficiently by reinforcing it. Further, when dicing a thin film wafer ground to a predetermined thickness into individual semiconductor chips, an adhesive sheet called a dicing tape is used as a temporary fixing support. Further, in the manufacturing process of the laminated ceramic capacitor (MLCC), the adhesive sheet is temporarily used when the sheet of the dielectric paste on which the electrodes are printed is laminated and then pressed to be pressure-bonded and integrated into chips. Used as a fixed support.
  • MLCC laminated ceramic capacitor
  • the adhesive sheet is used as a process support for temporary fixing. Further, in the manufacturing process of the flexible printed wiring board and the flexible organic EL display, the above-mentioned is aimed at preventing the substrate from being scratched or contaminated by chemicals, and deterioration of the substrate due to chemicals or heating used in the manufacturing process.
  • a protective sheet that protects the surface of the substrate may be used, and the adhesive sheet is used as the temporary protective sheet.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an adhesive tape using a photocurable adhesive which is cured by irradiation with light such as ultraviolet rays to reduce the adhesive strength. .. It is said that such an adhesive tape can be easily peeled off by irradiating it with ultraviolet rays or the like while adhering it during the processing process. However, with such an adhesive tape, the decrease in adhesive strength after irradiation with ultraviolet rays or the like is insufficient, and it is difficult to peel off the thin film wafer, the semiconductor chip, or the like without damaging them.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses an adhesive tape having an adhesive layer containing a gas generating agent that generates a gas by stimulation, such as an azo compound.
  • a gas generating agent that generates a gas by stimulation, such as an azo compound.
  • Patent Document 3 as an adhesive composition which has high adhesiveness, can be easily peeled off, and has excellent heat resistance, a gas is generated by irradiation with light, and tetrazole having high heat resistance. Adhesive compositions using compounds have been proposed. However, even if the above-mentioned azo compound or tetrazole compound is used, there are problems that the peeling power is not sufficiently reduced and that the addition amount must be increased in order to sufficiently reduce the peeling power.
  • the process is such that the adherend itself and the surface of the adherend are easily destroyed due to the thinning of the adherend itself, the integration of functions, and the miniaturization. While the inside is firmly adhered, it is required to be easily peeled off with less load on the adherend after the process is completed.
  • the improvement of the adhesive strength and the improvement of the easy peeling property and the conventional adhesive material for the purpose of high adhesive and easy peeling has not yet been sufficiently easy to peel off.
  • the present disclosure has been made in view of the above circumstances, and is a gas generator that generates a gas by light irradiation, which can improve the effect of imparting peelability to the surface, and when the gas generator is used, when used.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that has sufficient adhesive strength and is capable of forming an adhesive layer that is easily peeled off from an adherend when peeled off. It is an object of the present invention to provide an adhesive sheet having excellent peelability from an adherend.
  • One embodiment of the present disclosure is represented by at least one of the following general formulas (1) and (2), the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm is 7,000 or more, and gas is generated by light irradiation.
  • a gas generating agent is provided.
  • A independently represents a gas generating part represented by the following general formulas (A-1), (A-2) or (A-3).
  • L each independently represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded, may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, and may have a substituent.
  • Q2 has a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded and may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, or a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Represents a divalent organopolysiloxane group.
  • R 1 is an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • R 2 is independent of each other.
  • a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R3 are each independently or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Cyan group, -COOR 5 , or -CONR 6 R 7 , R 4 may have a substituent, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyano group, -COOR 5 , -CONR 6 R 7 , Or the above-LQ 1 , R 5 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom or. Represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Q1 is a monovalent fluorination of any one represented by the following (Rf-1) to (Rf-5). It represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a monovalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-1), and Q2 is a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon represented by the following (Rf-6). It may represent a hydrogen group or a divalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-2).
  • n independently represents an integer of 2 to 8, and in the formula (Rf-4), n'is 4 to 4 to.
  • n is an integer of 0 to 8
  • m is an integer of 0 to 8
  • n + n" ⁇ m is an integer of 2 to 8.
  • J 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group
  • n is an integer of 1 to 8, and n "is 0 to 0.
  • An integer of 7, m is an integer of 0 to 7, where n + n ” ⁇ m is an integer of 2 to 8).
  • R 11 independently has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and the like.
  • J2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents a group, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • A independently represents a number of 1 to 100.
  • R 12 has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or 1 to 20 carbon atoms, each of which may independently have a substituent. Represents an alkoxy group of, and b represents a number from 0 to 100.
  • L is directly bonded or directly bonded to each other, or -SCH 2 CH 2 COO-, -SCH 2 CH (CH 3 ) COO, respectively.
  • One or more selected from the group consisting of -COS-, -SO 2 NH-, or -O- and -S- may be contained, and the hydroxyl group may be substituted with 1 to 22 carbon atoms. It may represent the hydrocarbon group of the above, or a combination thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the present disclosure provides a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of one embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Another embodiment of the present disclosure comprises a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a substrate or mold release sheet on one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a cured product thereof containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of one embodiment of the present disclosure, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is reduced from the initial pressure-sensitive adhesive force by light irradiation.
  • an adhesive sheet having the characteristics of
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may contain a photocurable component and a photoinitiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may contain a heat-crosslinking agent.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure may further include a release sheet on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer opposite to the base material or the release sheet side.
  • a gas generator that generates a gas by light irradiation, which can improve the effect of imparting peelability to the surface, and the gas generator, which has sufficient adhesive strength at the time of use.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition capable of forming an adhesive layer having excellent peelability from the adherend, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used, while having sufficient adhesive strength at the time of use, it is adhered. It is possible to provide an adhesive sheet having excellent peelability from the body.
  • (meth) acrylic represents each of acrylic or methacrylic
  • (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate or methacrylate.
  • the "sheet” also includes a member called a "film”.
  • the “film” also includes a member called a "sheet”.
  • the "sheet surface (film surface)” is the plane direction of the target sheet-like member (film-like member) when the target sheet-like member (film-like member) is viewed as a whole and from a broad perspective. Refers to the matching plane.
  • the "light” includes light including ultraviolet rays.
  • the gas generator, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure will be described in detail in order.
  • the gas generator of one embodiment of the present disclosure is represented by at least one of the following general formulas (1) and (2), and has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 7,000 or more at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm. It is a gas generating agent that generates gas by light irradiation.
  • A independently represents a gas generating part represented by the following general formulas (A-1), (A-2) or (A-3).
  • L each independently represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded, may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, and may have a substituent.
  • Q2 has a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded and may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, or a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Represents a divalent organopolysiloxane group.
  • R 1 is an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • R 2 is independent of each other.
  • Cyan group, -COOR 5 , or -CONR 6 R 7 , R 4 may have a substituent, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyano group, -COOR 5 , -CONR 6 R 7 , Or the above-LQ 1 , R 5 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom or. Represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the gas generator of the present disclosure has the gas generating part having the specific structure and the specific fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the specific organopolysiloxane group, and has a molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm.
  • the gas generated from the gas generating agent is applied to the surface of the adhesive layer, that is, the interface with the adherend by irradiating light after use. It is released and the pressure causes at least a portion of the adherend to peel off.
  • the adhesive layer has a reduced contact area with the adherend and can be easily peeled off.
  • the gas-generating agent is uniformly dispersed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the gas generating agent of the present disclosure the specific fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the specific organopolysiloxane group is introduced into the gas generating portion having the specific structure.
  • the gas generating agent tends to be localized on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Therefore, when irradiated with light, the gas-generating agent localized on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer releases gas. It is generated and the gas is easily released to the surface of the adhesive layer.
  • the amount of gas generated on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is efficiently increased, so that the adhesive layer is excellent in easy peeling property from the adherend.
  • the gas generating agent of the present disclosure is easily localized on the surface of the adhesive layer, the amount of gas generated on the surface of the adhesive layer can be efficiently increased without increasing the content of the gas generating agent. , It is possible to suppress a decrease in the adhesive strength of the adhesive layer and white turbidity. As described above, it is presumed that the gas generating agent of the present disclosure can improve the effect of imparting peelability to the surface.
  • the gas generating agent of the present disclosure can be decomposed by light irradiation to generate a gas. Since the gas generator of the present disclosure has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 7,000 or more at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm, it can efficiently absorb light containing ultraviolet rays, and can be efficiently irradiated with light containing ultraviolet rays. It can be decomposed to generate gas.
  • A independently represents the gas generating portion represented by the general formula (A-1), (A-2) or (A-3).
  • the tetrazole ring is decomposed by light irradiation to generate nitrogen gas.
  • the gas generating portion represented by the general formula (A-3) is decomposed at the azo group portion by light irradiation to generate nitrogen gas.
  • the compound satisfies the maximum value of the specific molar extinction coefficient. It may be selected as appropriate.
  • the aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, for example, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. , Phenantril group, fluorenyl group, naphthylphenyl group, pyrenyl group and the like.
  • aromatic heterocyclic group include an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms containing at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a pyrrolyl group, a frill group, a thienyl group, a pyrazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an isooxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, a carbazole group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the substituent that the aromatic group may have include a halogen atom such as F, Cl and Br, an alkoxy group such as a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group and a methoxy group, and a diphenylamino group.
  • Examples thereof include an acyl group such as a tertiary amino group and a benzoyl group.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group, and aralkyl group may be the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and the aralkyl group, which will be described later, but the alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, It is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 14 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent that changes the absorption wavelength of light toward the long wavelength side include an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, a diarylamino group such as a diphenylamino group, and an acyl group such as a benzoyl group.
  • R1 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent because the absorption wavelength region can be expanded and the wavelength can be lengthened. Among them, R1 has a substituent. It is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthryl group which may have a substituent, and irradiate light containing ultraviolet rays. In some cases, a naphthyl group is more preferable because the sensitivity is high and the gas generation efficiency is improved.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R2 include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, and an aryl group. And so on.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group or 2-.
  • Examples thereof include ethylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, lower alkyl group substituted adamantyl group and the like.
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a propenyl group and the like.
  • the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of reactivity, it is preferable that the double bond is at the end of the alkenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon group in R 1 , but a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like are preferably used.
  • the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like.
  • the carbon number of the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 14.
  • Examples of the substituent that the hydrocarbon group may have include halogen atoms such as F, Cl and Br, a nitro group and the like.
  • the alkyl group may be used as the substituent of the aromatic ring such as the aryl group or the aralkyl group.
  • the preferable carbon number does not include the carbon number of the substituent.
  • R2 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent in terms of solubility and reactivity of an organic solvent and a nitrogen content in one molecule. It is preferable that all three atoms are hydrogen atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 7 may have a substituent in R 2 and has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the same as 20 hydrocarbon groups can be mentioned.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in R 6 corresponds to the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms among the hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have the substituent in R2 .
  • Something similar to what you do. -L-Q 1 in R 4 may be the same as described later.
  • the hydrocarbons R5 and R7 may have substituents having 1 to 20 carbon atoms independently from the viewpoint of the solubility of the organic solvent and the nitrogen content in one molecule. It is preferably a group, and more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of the nitrogen content contained in one molecule, R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 3 is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group which may independently have a substituent having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, in terms of the solubility of an organic solvent and the content of nitrogen contained in one molecule.
  • a cyano group is preferable, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group may be used.
  • the R4 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or the above-mentioned ⁇ L— from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent and localization to the surface of the adhesive layer.
  • Q 1 is preferable, and —L—Q 1 is more preferable.
  • A can represent the gas generating part represented by the general formula (A-1) in terms of heat resistance and nitrogen content in one molecule. preferable.
  • the gas generating unit represented by the general formula (A-1) is exemplified below, but is not limited thereto.
  • Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded, and contains an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain. It may also represent a monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a monovalent organopolysiloxane group which may have a substituent, and Q2 is the number of carbon atoms to which the fluorine atom is directly bonded. It represents 2 to 8 and represents a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a divalent organopolysiloxane group which may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain.
  • Examples of the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group in Q1 and Q2 include a linear or branched saturated or unsaturated fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. If the number of carbon atoms to which the fluorine atom is directly bonded is 2 to 8, the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group in Q1 and Q2 contains a carbon atom to which the fluorine atom is not directly bonded. It may be. For example, when the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains an alkynyl group, a carbon atom to which a fluorine atom is not directly bonded is included.
  • the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups in Q1 and Q2 do not have to be all substituted with fluorine atoms in the carbon atom to which the fluorine atom is directly bonded, and some of them have hydrogen atoms or substituents. It may be included.
  • the substituent may be, for example, a reactive group used when linking with a gas generating part, and may be a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a vinyl ether group, a phosphoric acid group, or the like. Examples include an epoxy group.
  • the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group in Q1 and Q2 preferably contains 4 or more fluorine atoms, and more preferably 6 or more, from the viewpoint of the effect of surface localization.
  • the number of fluorine atoms in the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be 17 or less, and may be 16 or less.
  • Q1 is one of the following (Rf-1) to (Rf-5) from the viewpoint of the effect of surface localization.
  • Rf-6 a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by the following (Rf-6).
  • n independently represents an integer of 2 to 8, and in the formula (Rf-4), n'is 4 to 4 to.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 8
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 8
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 7
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 7
  • n + n" ⁇ m represents an integer of 2 to 8.
  • J 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group
  • n is an integer of 0 to 8
  • n is an integer of 0 to 4.
  • M is an integer of 0 to 8, where n + n ” ⁇ m is an integer of 2 to 8).
  • n independently represents an integer of 2 to 8, but from the viewpoint of the effect of surface localization, n is among them. It preferably represents an integer of 4-8.
  • n' represents an integer of 4 to 10, but from the viewpoint of the effect of surface localization, n is preferably an integer of 5 to 10.
  • n is an integer of 1 to 8
  • m is an integer of 0 to 7
  • n + n" ⁇ m is an integer of 2 to 8.
  • n represents an integer of 2 to 8
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 7
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 7
  • n + n" ⁇ m represents an integer of 3 to 8. It is preferable to represent it.
  • n is an integer of 0 to 8
  • n is an integer of 0 to 4
  • m is an integer of 0 to 8
  • n + n" xm is an integer of 2 to 8.
  • n represents an integer of 2 to 8
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 7
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 7
  • n + n" ⁇ m represents an integer of 3 to 8. It is preferable to represent it.
  • J 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • J 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, but may be a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • J 1 has such a reactive group, it may be used, for example, for binding other components in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a gas generating agent.
  • the structure of the general formula (1) is obtained even when the gas generating part is not introduced at both ends and the gas generating part is introduced only at one end.
  • it may have a reactive group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group at the terminal.
  • Q 1 is preferably any one monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by the above (Rf-1) or (Rf-5), and the above (Rf-1) or (Rf-1) or ( It is more preferable that it is any one monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by Rf-5), and any one monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon represented by the above (Rf-1). It is more preferably a hydrocarbon group.
  • the organopolysiloxane group in Q1 and Q2 has a siloxane bond- (O-Si) a- (where a is the number of repetitions) in the main chain and a hydrocarbon group in at least a part of the side chain. Refers to a group containing.
  • organopolysiloxane group in Q1 and Q2 examples include a monovalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-1) in terms of the effect of surface localization, and Q2 .
  • Si-1 a monovalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-1) in terms of the effect of surface localization
  • Q2 a divalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-2).
  • R 11 independently has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and the like.
  • J2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents a group, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • A independently represents a number of 1 to 100.
  • R 12 has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or 1 to 20 carbon atoms, each of which may independently have a substituent. Represents an alkoxy group of, and b represents a number from 0 to 100.
  • the hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 11 and R 12 the hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 2 is mentioned. It may be the same as the hydrogen group.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 11 and R 12 among them, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent may be present.
  • an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group, a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, an aryl group such as a phenyl group and a trill group, and an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.
  • Examples thereof include a 3-trifluoropropyl group.
  • the alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 11 and R 12 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group and a butoxy group.
  • R 11 and R 12 from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group, or a group represented by the general formula (Si-3) is preferable, and the group has the same number of carbon atoms. It is more preferably 1 to 5 alkyl groups.
  • the R 12 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • J 2 may have a substituent and is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amino group, a carboxy group, or (meth). Represents an acryloyloxy group.
  • J 2 is preferably a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, but a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and the like. It may be a carboxy group or a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • J 2 When J 2 has such a reactive group, it may be used, for example, for binding other components in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a gas generating agent.
  • the compound of the general formula (2) When the compound of the general formula (2) is prepared, the structure of the general formula (1) is obtained even when the gas generating part is not introduced at both ends and the gas generating part is introduced only at one end.
  • it may have a reactive group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group at the terminal.
  • a represents a number from 1 to 100. Since a may have a distribution, it may be an average value. Among them, a preferably represents a number of 1 to 50, more preferably represents a number of 5 to 45, and further preferably represents a number of 10 to 40 in terms of the nitrogen content in one molecule. Further, in the general formula (Si-3), b represents a number from 0 to 100. Since b can also have a distribution, it may be an average value. Among them, b preferably represents a number of 0 to 40, and more preferably represents a number of 0 to 30.
  • Q1 When used in the fields related to semiconductors and displays, Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which fluorine atoms are directly bonded, and ether bonds (ether bonds in the carbon chain) ( Q1 ) because the possibility of contamination is low. It is preferably a monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain —O—) and may have a substituent, and Q2 is the number of carbon atoms to which the fluorine atom is directly bonded. Is 2 to 8, and is preferably a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain.
  • L independently represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, respectively.
  • L represents a portion connecting the gas generating portion and the specific fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the organopolysiloxane group, and the gas generating portion includes the specific portion. It is not particularly limited as long as it is a connecting portion to which a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group can be bonded.
  • the direct bond means that L does not have an atom, that is, the carbon atom of A in the general formulas (1) and ( 2 ) and the carbon atom or silicon atom of Q1 or Q2 are other. It means that they are bonded without interposing atoms.
  • the Ls in the general formulas (1) and (2) are independently, for example, directly bonded, or -SCH 2 CH 2 COO-, -SCH 2 CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -SCH 2 CH ( OH) CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , -SCH (CH 3 ) O-, -OCH (CH 3 ) O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -COS-, -SO 2
  • a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms which may contain one or more selected from the group consisting of NH- or -O- and -S-, and may have a hydroxyl group substituted, or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • the direction of the bond may be arbitrary. That is, when L is -SCH 2 CH 2 COO-, S is bonded to the carbon atom of A, O is bonded to the carbon atom or silicon atom of Q 1 or Q 2 , and S is the above. This includes the case where it is bonded to the carbon atom or silicon atom of Q1 or Q2 and O is bonded to the carbon atom of A.
  • hydrocarbon group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group (trimethylene group and a methylethylene group), a butylene group (tetramethylene group and a methylpropylene group), a pentamethylene group and a hexamethylene group.
  • examples thereof include an alkylene group such as a group, an octamethylene group and a cyclohexylene group, an arylene group such as a phenylene group, and a combination of two or more of these groups (alkylene arylene group).
  • Examples of the combination in L in the general formulas (1) and (2) include, for example.
  • j, k, and l each independently represent an integer of 1 to 8, and Rf is the above general formula (where). Any one monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by Rf-1) to (Rf-3)), but is not limited thereto.
  • the j, k, and l each independently represent an integer of 2 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
  • the gas generating agent of the present invention is represented by at least one of the following (1-1) and (2-1) from the viewpoint of foamability in the ultraviolet region, and has the maximum molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm. It is preferably a gas generating agent having a value of 7,000 or more and generating a gas by light irradiation.
  • R1 , L, Q1 and Q2 independently represent the same as the general formulas (1) and (2), respectively. .
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1-1) include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
  • A is the above (a-1-1) to (a-1-15)
  • L is the above (L1) to (L11)
  • Q1 is the above (Rf-1) to (Rf-5)
  • Si any combination of -3) can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2-1) include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
  • the gas generating agent of the present disclosure can efficiently generate a gas by light irradiation because the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm is 7,000 or more.
  • the gas generator of the present disclosure preferably has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 8000 or more, preferably 9000 or more, at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm. Is more preferable.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the present specification is 230 nm by dissolving the gas generator in ethyl acetate so as to be 0.1 mM and using an ultraviolet visible spectrophotometer (for example, Shimadzu Corporation, ultraviolet visible spectrophotometer UV2700).
  • an ultraviolet visible spectrophotometer for example, Shimadzu Corporation, ultraviolet visible spectrophotometer UV2700.
  • A / c ⁇ d (In the formula, ⁇ represents the molar extinction coefficient, A represents the absorbance, c represents the molar concentration, and d represents the cell thickness.)
  • a solvent that does not cause a problem in the reproducibility of the molar extinction coefficient of the gas generator is appropriately selected and dissolved in 0.1 mM, and the same as above is obtained.
  • the solvent that does not cause a problem in the reproducibility of the molar absorption coefficient of the gas generating agent include organic solvents that do not have an absorption spectrum in the wavelength range of 230 nm to 800 nm and do not react with the gas generating agent.
  • the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm is 7,000 or more, as long as the value of the molar extinction coefficient at any wavelength between the wavelengths of 240 to 450 nm is 7,000 or more. , The peak may not be present between the wavelengths of 240 and 450 nm.
  • the molecular weight or mass average molecular weight Mw of the gas generator of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 200 to 2000, preferably 300 to 1000, from the viewpoint of the nitrogen atom content in one molecule. Is more preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the gas generator can be determined by liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS).
  • LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
  • the gas generating agent contains an organopolysiloxane group, it may be specified by the mass average molecular weight, and the mass average molecular weight can be obtained as a standard polystyrene-equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). can.
  • the method for producing the gas generating agent of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and for example, a gas generating portion having a reactive group, a reactive group that reacts with the reactive group of the gas generating portion to form a bond, and fluorination.
  • the gas generator of the present disclosure can be obtained by reacting and bonding with a compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group.
  • Examples of the combination of the reactive groups include a thiol group and a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a thiol group and an epoxy group, a thiol group and a vinyl ether group, a hydroxyl group and a vinyl ether group, a hydroxyl group and an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group and an isocyanate group, and an amino group.
  • a sulfonyl chloride group, a carboxy group, an epoxy group and the like but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • each combination which may be the reactive group on the gas generating part side and which may be the reactive group on the compound side having a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group.
  • a compound having an organopolysiloxane group By reacting a naphthoquinone diazide compound having a sulfonic acid chloride group with an organopolysiloxane compound having an amino group, a compound having an organopolysiloxane group can be synthesized with reference to. Further, with reference to Macromolecules, Volume: 37, Issue: 18, Pages: 6673-6675, Journal, 2004, by reacting a vinyl ether group having a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group with an azo compound having a carboxyl group. Compounds having a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group can be synthesized. Alternatively, as the compound having a reactive group and a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group, a commercially available product may be appropriately selected and used.
  • the gas generating agent of the present disclosure Since the gas generating agent of the present disclosure has the specific fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the specific organopolysiloxane group in the gas generating portion having the specific structure, it is easy to be localized on the surface. .. Therefore, as will be described later, the gas generating agent of the present disclosure is applied to an adhesive material for the purpose of high adhesiveness and easy peeling, and is suitably used for improving the easy peeling property.
  • the adhesive composition of one embodiment of the present disclosure contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of one embodiment of the present disclosure contains the gas-generating agent of the present disclosure, the amount of gas generated on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer due to the action of the gas-generating agent that easily localizes to the surface as described above. Efficiently increases, so that it has good adhesive strength when used when adhesive strength is required, but when the adhesive force that peels off the adhesive layer from the adherend becomes unnecessary, it is removed from the adherend. It is possible to form an adhesive layer having excellent peelability.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive component is not particularly limited, and may be a non-photocurable type pressure-sensitive adhesive component or a photo-curable type pressure-sensitive adhesive component.
  • a gas is generated from the gas generating agent of the present disclosure by irradiating with light, and the generated gas generates a peeling stress and is adhered.
  • the area of adhesion to the body decreases and peels off.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive component is a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component, the area of adhesion to the adherend due to the generation of gas from the gas generating agent of the present disclosure by irradiating with light is reduced, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive is used. Peeling becomes easier due to the synergistic effect of reducing the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive component itself due to the photo-curing of the component. Therefore, the pressure-sensitive adhesive component is preferably a photocurable type.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those containing a photocurable component and a photoinitiator while containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of one embodiment of the present disclosure is a composition containing (i) a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a photo-curable polyfunctional compound, and a photoinitiator.
  • a composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive having two or more photocurable functional groups in one molecule and a photoinitiator may be mentioned.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component is a composition containing (i) a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a photo-curable polyfunctional compound, and a photoinitiator, so that the adhesive strength can be easily adjusted. Is preferable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive may have a photocurable functional group.
  • the adhesive is not particularly limited, and for example, a rubber adhesive, an acrylic adhesive, a vinyl alkyl ether adhesive, a silicone adhesive, a polyester adhesive, a polyamide adhesive, a urethane adhesive, and styrene.
  • a rubber adhesive an acrylic adhesive, a vinyl alkyl ether adhesive, a silicone adhesive, a polyester adhesive, a polyamide adhesive, a urethane adhesive, and styrene.
  • Adhesives and the like can be mentioned.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive is preferably a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer, which is called an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, from the viewpoint of compatibility with a photocurable component and adjustment of adhesive strength.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer includes a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer having 1 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms in a linear or branched alkyl group used as an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, and if necessary. It is preferable to use a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based copolymer obtained by copolymerizing with another monomer.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymers a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms and a crosslinkable group-containing monomer are derived. It is preferably a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based copolymer having a constituent unit.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based copolymer can be crosslinked with a heat-crosslinking agent or the like, which will be described later, by utilizing the crosslinkable group introduced into the molecule of the (meth) acrylic acid ester polymer, and is adherent. It is possible to improve the cohesive force of the composition and obtain an adhesive layer having a good balance between easy peeling property and durability under a predetermined environment.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, and n.
  • a linear or (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a branched alkyl group having 4 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear chain having 7 to 13 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting wettability and adhesiveness to an adherend.
  • a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a branched alkyl group is more preferable.
  • crosslinkable group of the crosslinkable group-containing monomer used in the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer examples include a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. From the viewpoint of stability during polymerization and storage of the polymer, it is preferable to include a structural unit derived from a monomer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. It is preferable to include a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer from the viewpoint of high stability and excellent reactivity of the thermal cross-linking agent.
  • Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit derived from the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and glycerin mono (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit derived from the epoxy group-containing monomer include glycidyl (meth) acrylate and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit derived from the isocyanate group-containing monomer include 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate and alkylene oxide adducts thereof.
  • Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit derived from an amino group-containing monomer include ethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the monomer for inducing a constituent unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone mono (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer may further have a photocurable functional group in the side chain.
  • the photocurable functional group it is preferable to have an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group and the like are preferable.
  • a method for introducing a photocurable functional group into the side chain of the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer a conventionally known production method may be appropriately selected and used.
  • a glycidyl (meth) acrylate may be reacted with a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer having a carboxy group, or a hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate may be reacted with a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer having an isocyanate group.
  • a photocurable functional group can be added by reacting a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer having a hydroxyl group with 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer may contain a structural unit derived from other monomers as long as it functions as an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the other monomer for example, a rigid monomer such as cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, adamantyl methacrylate and the like can be used.
  • the content of the (meth) acrylic acid ester monomer is the main component constituting the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer, the content thereof is usually 50% by mass or more with respect to the total monomer component (100% by mass). Is preferable. Above all, the content of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer may be, for example, 50% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, or 80% by mass or more with respect to all the monomer components. , 90% by mass or more. On the other hand, the content of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer is, for example, 99.5% by mass or less, 99% by mass or less, and 98% by mass or less with respect to all the monomer components. You may.
  • the content of the crosslinkable group-containing monomer may be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of the balance between the adhesive force and the peeling force, but is, for example, 0.5% by mass or more and 1% by mass or more with respect to all the monomer components. It may be present, and may be 2% by mass or more. On the other hand, the content of the crosslinkable group-containing monomer may be, for example, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, or 10% by mass or less with respect to all the monomer components.
  • the content of other monomers in the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer may be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of the balance between the adhesive force and the peeling force and the performance to be imparted, and is, for example, 0% by mass or more and 49.5% by mass. % Or less, and may be 39% by mass or less, or 18% by mass or less.
  • the mass average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer is preferably 100,000 to 5 million, more preferably 200,000 to 4 million, and even more preferably, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesive force and the peeling force. Is 300,000 to 3 million, and even more preferably 400,000 to 1 million. If the mass average molecular weight is less than 100,000, the cohesive force may be small, and there is a possibility that adhesive residue may be generated on the surface of the adherend after peeling, or the adhesive effect may not be obtained. Further, if the mass average molecular weight exceeds 5 million, the wettability of the surface of the adherend after peeling off the adhesive layer may be insufficient.
  • the mass average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic acid ester polymer can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) as a standard polystyrene-equivalent value.
  • a commercially available acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive may be used, for example, SK Dyne 2971 (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.), SK Dyne 2975 (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.), SK Dyne 1811L. (Soken Chemical), SK Dyne 2950 (Soken Chemical), SK Dyne 2094 (Soken Chemical), Oliveine EG-654 (Toyochem) and the like can be preferably used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be, for example, 20% by mass or more, or 30% by mass or more, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, from the viewpoint of the effect of adhesive strength. Further, the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be, for example, 80% by mass or less, or 70% by mass or less, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of re-peeling of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • a solid content means all components other than a solvent.
  • the photocurable polyfunctional compound is a monomer, an oligomer, or a polymer containing two or more photocurable groups in one molecule.
  • a photocurable polyfunctional compound By containing a photocurable polyfunctional compound, it can be three-dimensionally crosslinked, and further, when the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer has photocurability, it is a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer. By reacting with the polymer, the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer can be polymerized or three-dimensionally crosslinked.
  • photocurable polyfunctional compound examples include 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and polyethylene glycol di (meth).
  • Bifunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified triacrylate, trimethylolpropanetri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, propionic acid-modified dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Trifunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomers such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified trimethylol propanetri (meth) acrylate, tris (meth) acryloxyethyl isocyanurate, and diglycerin tetra (meth) acrylate.
  • a tetrafunctional type such as pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, for example, a pentafunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer such as propionic acid-modified dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, In a hexafunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer such as caprolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and in molecules called urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, and epoxy (meth) acrylate. Oligos with hundreds to thousands of molecular weights with several (meth) acryloyl groups Mar can be preferably used.
  • a pentafunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer such as propionic acid-modified dipentaery
  • photocurable polyfunctional compounds there are several (in the molecules called urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, and epoxy (meth) acrylate from the viewpoint of the balance between adhesive force and peeling force. Meta) It is preferable to use an oligomer having an acryloyl group and having a molecular weight of several hundreds to several thousand.
  • the photocurable polyfunctional compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photocurable polyfunctional compound is, for example, 10 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive such as the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer. It may be 20 parts by mass or more, 50 parts by mass or more, while it may be 300 parts by mass or less, 200 parts by mass or less, and 150 parts by mass or less. You may. If the content of the photocurable polyfunctional compound is too small, the addition effect may not be exhibited. On the other hand, if the content of the photocurable polyfunctional compound is too large, the properties such as storage stability, substrate adhesion, tackiness, and peelability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be significantly deteriorated.
  • the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the photocurable polyfunctional compound may be, for example, 10% by mass or more with respect to the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of the balance of the peeling force after light irradiation. It may be mass% or more.
  • the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the photocurable polyfunctional compound is, for example, 70% by mass or less with respect to the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of adhesive strength and suppression of contamination of the adherend. It may be present, and may be 60% by mass or less.
  • any compound that can generate radicals when irradiated with a predetermined amount of light such as ultraviolet rays can be used.
  • benzoine benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin- n-butyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, acetophenone, dimethylaminoacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1 -On, 1-Hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propane-1-one, 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl-2- (hydroxy-) 2-propyl) ketone, benzophenone, p-pheny
  • an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator a group consisting of an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator, an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone-based initiator, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone-based initiator, and an oxime ester-based initiator in order to cure to the inside of the coating film and improve durability. At least one selected from is preferred.
  • the photoinitiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photoinitiator may be, for example, 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0% by mass or more, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, from the viewpoint of sufficiently curing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. You may. Further, the content of the photoinitiator may be, for example, 10.0% by mass or less and 5.0% by mass or less with respect to the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of the balance between the adhesive force and the peeling force. May be.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure preferably further contains a thermal cross-linking agent.
  • the thermal cross-linking agent refers to a compound that promotes a cross-linking reaction by the action of heat.
  • thermal cross-linking agent examples include isocyanate-based cross-linking agents, epoxy-based cross-linking agents, melamine-based cross-linking agents, aziridine-based cross-linking agents, and metal chelate-based cross-linking agents.
  • isocyanate-based cross-linking agents and epoxy-based cross-linking agents are preferable because the effects of the present disclosure can be easily exhibited.
  • isocyanate-based cross-linking agent examples include lower aliphatic polyisocyanates such as butylene diisocyanate and hexamethylene diisocyanate, alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate, and 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate.
  • lower aliphatic polyisocyanates such as butylene diisocyanate and hexamethylene diisocyanate
  • alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate
  • 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate examples include 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate.
  • Aromatic isocyanates such as isocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, trimethylol propane / tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (trade name "Coronate L” manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), trimethylol propane / to Examples thereof include isocyanate adducts such as xamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (trade name "Coronate HL” manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.) and isocyanurates of hexamethylene diisocyanate (trade name "Coronate HX” manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • epoxy-based cross-linking agent examples include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin-type epoxy-based resin, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, and trimethylol.
  • the heat cross-linking agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the heat-crosslinking agent may be appropriately adjusted depending on the balance between the adhesive force and the peeling force, but is, for example, 1.0% by mass or more with respect to the solid content of the adhesive composition from the viewpoint of obtaining the above effects. It may be 2.0% by mass or more. Further, the content of the heat-crosslinking agent may be, for example, 10.0% by mass or less, and 8.0% by mass or less, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of adhesiveness before energy irradiation. You may.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure contains the gas generating agent of the present disclosure. Since the gas generating agent of the present disclosure is easily localized on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive material, the amount of gas generated on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive material can be efficiently increased without increasing the content of the gas-generating agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Since it can be increased, it is easy to suppress a decrease in the adhesive strength of the adhesive material and white turbidity.
  • the content of the gas generating agent of the present disclosure may be, for example, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, from the viewpoint of effectively reducing the peeling force at the time of peeling. It may be the above. Further, the content of the gas generating agent of the present disclosure may be, for example, 40% by mass or less with respect to the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the pressure-sensitive adhesive force and white turbidity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive material. It may be 30% by mass or less.
  • the white turbidity of the adhesive material can be suppressed and the transparency is high, for example, precise appearance defects can be confirmed by a camera or the like via the adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is also suitable for a process-removable adhesive sheet. It can be used for a wide range of purposes.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure may further contain a solvent.
  • a solvent By containing the solvent, it is possible to improve the applicability to the base material and the like and the mixability of the compounding components.
  • the solvent does not react with each component in the composition, and can be appropriately selected and used from the solvents capable of dissolving or dispersing them.
  • the solvent include esters, aromatic hydrocarbons, ketones and ethers. More specifically, since it has good solubility in (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymers and is easy to handle, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, benzene, etc.
  • Examples thereof include one or a combination of two or more of toluene, xylene, acetone, cyclohexane, cyclohexanone, methylethylketone, tetrahydrofuran and the like.
  • the content of the solvent may be appropriately adjusted from the viewpoint of applicability to the base material and the like and the mixing property of the compounding components, but with respect to the total amount (100% by mass) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition including the solvent. For example, 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less can be mentioned.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure may further contain various additives, if necessary, as long as the object of the present disclosure is not impaired.
  • various additives include cross-linking accelerators, antioxidants, stabilizers, viscosity modifiers, tackifier resins, organic or inorganic fillers and the like.
  • the cross-linking accelerator include those of triethylamine type, cobalt naphthenate type, tin type, zinc type, titanium type and zirconium type.
  • cross-linking agent is an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent
  • zinc-based, titanium-based and zirconium-based accelerators such as alkoxides, acylates and complexes, and stannous chloride, tetra-n-butyltin, stannic chloride and trimethyltin hydroxide are used.
  • Dimethylditin chloride, di-n-butyltin dilaurate and other tin-based accelerators are preferably used.
  • examples of the antioxidant include a phenolic antioxidant and the like.
  • the method for producing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is not particularly limited.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be obtained by adding, dissolving or dispersing each of the above-mentioned components and various additives added as needed in any order.
  • the mixing of each component can be carried out using, for example, a mixer such as a dissolver, a planetary mixer, a butterfly mixer, or a kneader.
  • the use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but it can be suitably used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet described later, and can be suitably used for the use described for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet described later.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure can be used for a pressure-sensitive adhesive material that is not in the form of a sheet, and can be applied to, for example, a temporary fixing adhesive or the like.
  • Adhesive Sheet The adhesive sheet of one embodiment of the present disclosure comprises an adhesive layer and a base material or a release sheet on one surface of the adhesive layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a cured product thereof containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a property that the pressure-sensitive adhesive force is reduced from the initial adhesive force by light irradiation. , Adhesive sheet.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 10 of the present disclosure in FIG. 1 includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1 and a base material or a release sheet 2 arranged on one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 10 of the present disclosure in FIG. 2 includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1, a base material or a mold release sheet 2 arranged on one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1, and the base material or a mold-release sheet 2 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1. It is provided with a mold release sheet 3 arranged on a surface opposite to the side.
  • the release sheet is placed on the surface of the adhesive layer opposite to the base material or the release sheet 2 side until it is attached to the adherend. You may stick them together.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, or a cured product thereof.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure may be the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a curable pressure-sensitive adhesive component
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure may be a cured product of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the film thickness of the adhesive layer can be adjusted as appropriate according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 100 ⁇ m or less, and may be 90 ⁇ m or less, or 80 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of removability of the adhesive layer.
  • the film thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more, and may be 20 ⁇ m or more, or 40 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of developing adhesive force.
  • the adhesive layer has an initial adhesive force before light irradiation, which is 0 for a glass plate (trade name: non-alkali glass OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass) at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees. It may be 1 N / 25 mm or more, and may be 0.2 N / 25 mm or more. On the other hand, the peeling force at the peeling angle of 180 degrees may be 30 N / 25 mm or less, or 20 N / 25 mm or less.
  • a glass plate trade name: non-alkali glass OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass
  • the peeling force at the peeling angle of 180 degrees may be 30 N / 25 mm or less, or 20 N / 25 mm or less.
  • the adhesive layer has an adhesive force after light irradiation, which is a peeling force of 300 mm / min for a glass plate (trade name: non-alkali glass OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass) at a peeling angle of 180 degrees. It may be 0N / 25mm or more, and may be 0.01N / 25mm or more. On the other hand, the peeling force at the peeling angle of 180 degrees may be 1 N / 25 mm or less, or 0.1 N / 25 mm or less.
  • the light irradiation amount may be appropriately selected, and for example, the adhesive force after irradiation with ultraviolet rays (UV) at an exposure amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 can be used as one index of the adhesive force after light irradiation.
  • UV ultraviolet rays
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more in the state before light irradiation. Further, the adhesive layer preferably has a haze of 1.5% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, in a state before light irradiation.
  • the total light transmittance of the present disclosure can be measured according to JIS K7361-1, and can be measured by, for example, a haze meter (for example, HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory).
  • the haze value can be measured by a method conforming to JIS K-7136, and can be measured by, for example, a haze meter (for example, HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute).
  • the transparency of the adhesive layer is good, and the adherend can be precisely checked and inspected by a camera or the like with the adhesive sheet attached.
  • LC-MS is preferably mentioned, and in addition, LC fractionation, GPC fractionation, NMR, IR, GC-MS, XPS, TOF-SIMS and a combination method thereof can be applied. can.
  • the base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure may be appropriately selected and used, and is not particularly limited. Since it is preferable to reduce the adhesive force from the initial adhesive force of the adhesive layer by irradiating light from the substrate side of the adhesive sheet, it is preferable to use a transparent substrate.
  • the base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure preferably has a total light transmittance of 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. Further, the base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure preferably has a haze of 1.5% or less, and more preferably 1.0% or less.
  • the base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure is preferably one having heat resistance, and for example, in addition to polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, and polybutylene terephthalate, polyimide resin, polycarbonate resin, polystyrene resin, and polyamide resin. , Polyetherimide resin, polyetherketone resin, polyphenylene sulfide resin, polyacrylate resin, polyester ether resin, polyamideimide resin, polymethylmethacrylate resin, fluororesin and the like. Polyethylene terephthalate is a particularly preferable base material in terms of economy and performance.
  • the base material may have a single-layer structure or may have a multi-layer structure. Further, the base material may be surface-treated on the surface on which the adhesive layer is arranged in order to enhance the adhesion to the adhesive layer.
  • the film thickness of the base material may be appropriately selected according to the use of the adhesive sheet, and is not particularly limited.
  • the film thickness of the base material may be, for example, a thickness that can be supported with the required strength, and the thickness of what has been conventionally used as a base film, for example, a film thickness of about 10 to 200 ⁇ m is preferable. Used.
  • the release sheet is not particularly limited as long as it can be peeled off from the adhesive layer, and can have enough strength to protect the adhesive layer.
  • Examples of such a release sheet include a release film, a release paper, and the like. Further, any known release sheet can be used, and it may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure.
  • Examples of the release sheet having a single-layer structure include a release PET film, a fluororesin-based film, and the like. Further, as the release sheet having a multi-layer structure, for example, a laminated body having a release layer on one side or both sides of the base material layer can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the base material layer include resin films such as polypropylene, polyethylene and polyethylene terephthalate, and papers such as high-quality paper, coated paper and impregnated paper.
  • the material of the release layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a material having releasability, and for example, a silicone compound, an organic compound modified silicone compound, a fluorine compound, an aminoalkyd compound, a melamine compound, an acrylic compound, a polyester compound, and a length. Examples thereof include chain alkyl compounds. These compounds can be emulsion type, solvent type or solvent-free type.
  • the thickness of the release sheet can be, for example, about 15 to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure can be produced by any suitable method.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure can be obtained by producing a base material or a laminate of a release sheet and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • Such a laminate is, for example, (1) A method of forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by applying a solution of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a heat-melted liquid onto a base material or a release sheet. (2) A method of transferring an adhesive layer applied and formed on a release sheet onto a substrate according to the above (1). (3) A method of extruding an adhesive composition onto a substrate to form and apply it. (4) A method of extruding a base material layer and an adhesive layer in two or multiple layers, It can be manufactured by any suitable method, such as. Above all, the production method of (1) above is preferably used.
  • the surface of the base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure can be surface-treated if desired.
  • the surface treatment at this time includes, for example, (1) discharge treatment such as corona discharge treatment and glow discharge treatment, (2) plasma treatment, (3) flame treatment, (4) ozone treatment, (5) ultraviolet treatment and electron beam. , Ionizing active ray treatment such as radiation treatment, (6) roughening treatment such as sand mat treatment and hairline treatment, (7) chemical treatment, (8) anchor layer formation and the like.
  • As the anchor layer a polyurethane resin, a polyester resin, an acrylic resin, a polyester polyurethane resin, or the like is used. The thickness of this anchor layer is usually in the range of 0.01 to 1.5 ⁇ m.
  • a known method can be appropriately selected and used.
  • a coating method such as a method, a bar coating method, an extrusion coating method, an E-type coating method, various printing methods, and a transfer method using a mold or the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition layer applied on the base material or the release sheet may be formed into a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by thermally cross-linking the heat-crosslinking agent by removing (drying) the solvent as necessary and heating. can.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure is provided with a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas-generating agent of the present disclosure, or a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer which is a cured product thereof. It is an adhesive sheet that can reduce the peeling force from the adherend at the time of peeling while having a force, and has excellent peelability from the adherend. Further, since the content of the gas generating agent can be reduced, the adhesive layer is less likely to become cloudy and has high transparency. Since the adhesive sheet of the present disclosure is excellent in easy peeling property from the adherend after use, for example, the adherend itself can be thinned and functioned by refining and complicating various electronic members and optical members. When the adherend itself or the surface of the protected member is easily destroyed due to the integration and miniaturization of It can also be used as a suitable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet when the force required for peeling is increased.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure can be suitably used as a process pressure-sensitive adhesive material for the purpose of high adhesiveness and easy peeling.
  • Temporarily fixed support temporary fixing support when dicing a thin film wafer to a semiconductor chip, temporary fixing when cutting a crimp-integrated sheet in the manufacturing process of a laminated ceramics capacitor (MLCC) to make a chip
  • MLCC laminated ceramics capacitor
  • Examples thereof include a support for temporary fixing in the manufacturing process of a flexible printed wiring board, a removable adhesive protective sheet for a process that protects the surface of the substrate in the manufacturing process of a flexible printed wiring board and a flexible organic EL display, and the like. ..
  • Comparative Production Example 1 Production of Comparative Compound 1 except that 1.3 g (0.0112 mol) of 5-mercapto-1-methyl-1H tetrazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei) was used instead of 5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole. In the same manner as in No. 1, 5.68 g (0.0106 mol, yield 95%) of Comparative Compound 1 represented by the following formula was obtained. 1 It was confirmed that the target product could be synthesized by 1 H-NMR (solvent: CDCl 3 ).
  • the molar absorption coefficient is determined by dissolving the obtained compound in ethyl acetate so as to be 0.1 mM, and using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (UV2700, Shimadzu Corporation's ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer UV2700) in the wavelength range of 230 nm to 800 nm. The absorption spectrum was measured, and the value obtained by calculation by the following formula was obtained using the absorbance in the obtained absorption spectrum.
  • UV2700 ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer
  • A / c ⁇ d (In the formula, ⁇ represents the molar extinction coefficient, A represents the absorbance, c represents the molar concentration, and d represents the cell thickness.) Table 3 shows the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm and the terminal absorption wavelength on the long wavelength side where the absorbance is 0.01.
  • Lumirer U34 75 ⁇ m manufactured by Toray was coated with an applicator (manufactured by Yoshimitsu Seiki) so that the film thickness after drying was 50 ⁇ m.
  • an applicator manufactured by Yoshimitsu Seiki
  • the adhesive layer side of the adhesive sheet from which the release PET film was peeled off by cutting to a width of 25 mm was placed on the adhesive layer side of the glass plate adherend (trade name: non-alkali glass).
  • OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass is reciprocated once with a 2 kg roller (manufactured by Tester Sangyo), and then left for 3 hours under the conditions of 23 ° C and 60% humidity, and then exposed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp.
  • UV irradiation was performed at 3000 mJ / cm 2 , and it was observed whether bubbles were generated at the interface with the glass adherend. (Evaluation criteria for the presence or absence of gas generation) ⁇ : Gas is generated. X: No gas is generated.
  • Example 1 (1) Preparation of adhesive composition (meth) Acrylic acid ester polymer (trade name: SK Dyne 1811L, manufactured by Soken Kagaku) 100 parts by mass, photocurable polyfunctional compound (trade name: urethane acrylate U-10PA, new) Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 50 parts by mass, photoinitiator (trade name: Omnirad 819, IGM Resins B.V.) 1.5 parts by mass, thermal cross-linking agent (isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, trade name: Coronate L, Nippon Polyurethane Industry) (Manufactured by) 6 parts by mass, compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 by 39.4 parts by mass, solvent (trade name: KT-11, manufactured by Showa Ink) 659.19 parts by mass, respectively, in Example 1 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 1 of the above was obtained.
  • Acrylic acid ester polymer trade name: SK Dyne 1811L, manufactured by Soken Kagaku
  • Example 1 (1) Preparation of Adhesive Composition
  • the compound 1 of Production Example 1 was changed to the compound 2 of Production Example 2 or the compound 3 of Production Example 3, respectively.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 2 or 3 was obtained in the same manner as in 1).
  • Example 4 (1) Preparation of Adhesive Composition In (1) of Example 1, 39.4 parts by mass of compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 and 6.6 parts by mass of compound 3 (gas generator) of Production Example 3 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 4 was obtained in the same manner as in (1) of Example 1 except that the parts were changed to parts.
  • Comparative Example 1 (1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition
  • compound 1 of Production Example 1 was changed to Comparative Compound 1 of Comparative Production Example 1 in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
  • the comparative pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 1 was obtained.
  • Comparative Example 2 (1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition The same as (1) of Example 1 except that the compound 1 of Production Example 1 was changed to the comparative compound 2 of Comparative Production Example 2 in (1) of Example 1. The comparative pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 2 was obtained.
  • Comparative Example 3 (1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition
  • 39.4 parts by mass of compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 was used, and comparative compound 2 (gas generator) 6 of Comparative Production Example 2 was used.
  • a comparative pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 3 was obtained in the same manner as in (1) of Example 1 except that the composition was changed to 6.6 parts by mass.
  • Comparative Example 4 (1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition
  • compound 1 of Production Example 1 was changed to comparative compound 3 (5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei)). Obtained a comparative adhesive composition 4 in the same manner as in (1) of Example 1.
  • Comparative Example 5 (1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition In (1) of Example 1, 39.4 parts by mass of compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 was added to comparative compound 3 (5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole). ) The comparative adhesive composition 5 was obtained in the same manner as in (1) of Example 1 except that the composition was changed to 6.6 parts by mass.
  • Comparative Example 6 (1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition Same as (1) of Example 1 except that 39.4 parts by mass of compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 was not used in (1) of Example 1. A comparative adhesive composition 6 was obtained.
  • UV irradiation was further performed with an exposure amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and then the peeling force after UV irradiation was measured.
  • the peeling force was measured by a 180 ° tensile test (moving speed 300 mm / min, peeling angle 180 degrees, moving 50 mm) using Tensilon (RTF-1150-H manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.).
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet before UV irradiation was measured by a haze meter (HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute) in accordance with JIS K7361-1. (Evaluation criteria for the condition of the adhesive layer) Transparency: The total light transmittance is 80% or more. White turbidity: Total light transmittance is less than 80%.
  • Comparative Example 1 using the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 1 although gas was not generated by light irradiation although it was localized on the surface, the decrease in peeling power after light irradiation was inferior.
  • Comparative Examples 2 and 3 using the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 2 when the content of the gas generating agent was 20% by mass in the solid content, gas was generated on the surface of the adhesive layer, but the gas generating agent. When the content of was as small as 4% by mass in the solid content, no gas generation was observed. In Comparative Examples 2 and 3, the peeling force after light irradiation was almost the same as that of Comparative Example 6 in which the gas generating agent was not used.
  • Comparative Example 4 using the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 3 used in the prior art, gas was generated on the surface of the adhesive layer, but the adhesive layer became cloudy and the peeling force after light irradiation. Was inferior. It is considered that UV curing inhibition was caused by the poor compatibility of the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 3 and the cloudiness of the adhesive layer.
  • Comparative Example 5 in which the content of the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 3 was reduced to 4% by mass in the solid content, no gas generation was observed, and the peeling force after light irradiation was higher than that of Comparative Example 6 in which the gas generating agent was not used. It was inferior.
  • Adhesive layer 2 Base material or mold release sheet 3 Release sheet 10 Adhesive sheet

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Feeding, Discharge, Calcimining, Fusing, And Gas-Generation Devices (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a gas-generating agent that generates a gas through the radiation of light. The gas-generating agent comprises: a gas-generating moiety having a specific structure; and a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, which may contain an ether bond (-O-) in the carbon chain and for which the number of carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded is 2 to 8, or an organopolysiloxane group. The gas-generating agent also has a maximum value, for a molar extinction coefficient, of 7000 or higher at a wavelength of 240-450 nm.

Description

気体発生剤、粘着組成物、及び粘着シートGas generators, adhesive compositions, and adhesive sheets
 本開示は、気体発生剤、当該気体発生剤を含む粘着組成物及び粘着シートに関する。 The present disclosure relates to a gas generator, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the gas-generating agent, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
 粘着剤成分を含有する粘着組成物は、粘着剤、シーリング剤、塗料、コーティング剤等のバインダー剤、粘着テープ乃至粘着シート等の粘着材料に広く用いられている。これらの粘着組成物に求められる性能はその用途により様々であるが、用途によっては、必要な間だけ接着性を示すがその後は容易に剥がせることを要求されることがある。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive component is widely used as a binder agent such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a sealing agent, a paint, and a coating agent, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive material such as an pressure-sensitive adhesive tape or a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. The performance required for these pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions varies depending on the application, but depending on the application, it may be required to exhibit adhesiveness only for a required period of time, but to be easily peeled off thereafter.
 例えば、半導体チップの製造工程において、高純度なシリコン単結晶等から切り出した厚膜ウエハを所定の厚さにまで研磨して薄膜ウエハとする工程等において、厚膜ウエハを粘着シートに接着して補強することにより、効率よく作業を進めることが提案されている。また、所定の厚さに研削された薄膜ウエハを個々の半導体チップにダイシングする際にも、ダイシングテープと呼ばれる粘着シートが仮固定の支持体として用いられる。また、積層セラミックスコンデンサ(MLCC)の製造工程において、電極が印刷された誘電体ペーストのシートを積層後プレスして圧着一体化したシートを、切断してチップ化する際にも、粘着シートが仮固定の支持体として用いられる。また、フレキシブルプリント配線板製造工程において、粘着シートが仮固定の工程支持体として用いられる。更に、フレキシブルプリント配線板やフレキシブル有機ELディスプレイの製造工程においては、上記基板の傷つきや薬品による汚染、製造工程中に用いられる薬品や加熱による上記基板の劣化等を防止することを目的として、上記基板の表面を保護する保護シートを用いることがあり、粘着シートが当該仮の保護シートとして用いられる。 For example, in a process of manufacturing a semiconductor chip, in a process of polishing a thick film wafer cut out from a high-purity silicon single crystal or the like to a predetermined thickness to obtain a thin film wafer, the thick film wafer is adhered to an adhesive sheet. It has been proposed that the work be carried out efficiently by reinforcing it. Further, when dicing a thin film wafer ground to a predetermined thickness into individual semiconductor chips, an adhesive sheet called a dicing tape is used as a temporary fixing support. Further, in the manufacturing process of the laminated ceramic capacitor (MLCC), the adhesive sheet is temporarily used when the sheet of the dielectric paste on which the electrodes are printed is laminated and then pressed to be pressure-bonded and integrated into chips. Used as a fixed support. Further, in the flexible printed wiring board manufacturing process, the adhesive sheet is used as a process support for temporary fixing. Further, in the manufacturing process of the flexible printed wiring board and the flexible organic EL display, the above-mentioned is aimed at preventing the substrate from being scratched or contaminated by chemicals, and deterioration of the substrate due to chemicals or heating used in the manufacturing process. A protective sheet that protects the surface of the substrate may be used, and the adhesive sheet is used as the temporary protective sheet.
 このような製造工程に用いられる工程粘着材料には、工程中には強固に接着する一方で、工程終了後には得られた薄膜ウエハや半導体チップ等を損傷することなく剥離できること(以下、「高接着易剥離」ともいう。)が求められる。 While firmly adhering to the process adhesive material used in such a manufacturing process during the process, it can be peeled off without damaging the obtained thin film wafer, semiconductor chip, etc. after the process is completed (hereinafter, "high"). Also called "easy adhesion peeling") is required.
 高接着易剥離を目的とした粘着材料として、特許文献1には、紫外線等の光を照射することにより硬化して粘着力が低下する光硬化型粘着剤を用いた粘着テープが開示されている。このような粘着テープは、加工工程中には接着する一方で、紫外線等を照射することにより容易に剥離することができるとされている。しかしながら、このような粘着テープでは、紫外線等を照射した後の粘着力の低下が不充分であり、薄膜ウエハや半導体チップ等を損傷することなく剥離するのは困難であった。 As an adhesive material for high adhesiveness and easy peeling, Patent Document 1 discloses an adhesive tape using a photocurable adhesive which is cured by irradiation with light such as ultraviolet rays to reduce the adhesive strength. .. It is said that such an adhesive tape can be easily peeled off by irradiating it with ultraviolet rays or the like while adhering it during the processing process. However, with such an adhesive tape, the decrease in adhesive strength after irradiation with ultraviolet rays or the like is insufficient, and it is difficult to peel off the thin film wafer, the semiconductor chip, or the like without damaging them.
 また、特許文献2には、アゾ化合物等の、刺激により気体を発生する気体発生剤を含有する粘着層を有する粘着テープが開示されている。この粘着テープに刺激を与えると、気体発生剤から発生した気体がテープの表面と被着体との界面に放出され、その圧力によって被着体の少なくとも一部が剥離されることで、薄膜ウエハや半導体チップ等を損傷することなく、かつ、糊残りもすることなく剥離できるとされている。 Further, Patent Document 2 discloses an adhesive tape having an adhesive layer containing a gas generating agent that generates a gas by stimulation, such as an azo compound. When the adhesive tape is stimulated, the gas generated from the gas generating agent is released to the interface between the surface of the tape and the adherend, and the pressure causes at least a part of the adherend to be peeled off to form a thin film wafer. It is said that it can be peeled off without damaging the semiconductor chip or the like and without leaving adhesive residue.
 また、特許文献3には、高い接着性を有する一方で、容易に剥離でき、かつ、耐熱性にも優れる接着性組成物として、光を照射することにより気体を発生し、耐熱性が高いテトラゾール化合物を用いた粘着組成物が提案されている。
 しかしながら、上記アゾ化合物やテトラゾール化合物を用いても剥離力の低下が不十分であったり、剥離力を十分に低下させるには添加量を多くしなければならないという問題があった。
Further, in Patent Document 3, as an adhesive composition which has high adhesiveness, can be easily peeled off, and has excellent heat resistance, a gas is generated by irradiation with light, and tetrazole having high heat resistance. Adhesive compositions using compounds have been proposed.
However, even if the above-mentioned azo compound or tetrazole compound is used, there are problems that the peeling power is not sufficiently reduced and that the addition amount must be increased in order to sufficiently reduce the peeling power.
特開平5-32946号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 5-32946 特開2003-231872号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-231872 国際公開2011/118506号公報International Publication No. 2011/118506
 各種電子部材などの精密化や複雑化のため、被着体自体の薄膜化、機能の集積化、微細化に伴い、被着体自身や被着体表面が破壊しやすいなどの点から、工程中には強固に接着する一方で、工程終了後には被着体への負荷がより少ない易剥離が必要とされてきている。
 しかしながら、粘着力の向上と、易剥離性の向上はトレードオフの関係にあり、従来の高接着易剥離を目的とした粘着材料は、易剥離性が未だ不十分であった。
Due to the refinement and complexity of various electronic members, the process is such that the adherend itself and the surface of the adherend are easily destroyed due to the thinning of the adherend itself, the integration of functions, and the miniaturization. While the inside is firmly adhered, it is required to be easily peeled off with less load on the adherend after the process is completed.
However, there is a trade-off relationship between the improvement of the adhesive strength and the improvement of the easy peeling property, and the conventional adhesive material for the purpose of high adhesive and easy peeling has not yet been sufficiently easy to peel off.
 本開示は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、剥離性を表面に与える効果を向上することができる、光照射により気体が発生する気体発生剤、当該気体発生剤を用いた、使用時には十分な粘着力を有しながら、剥離する際には被着体からの易剥離性に優れた粘着層を形成可能な粘着組成物、当該粘着組成物を用いた、使用時には十分な粘着力を有しながら、被着体からの易剥離性に優れた粘着シートを提供することを目的とする。 The present disclosure has been made in view of the above circumstances, and is a gas generator that generates a gas by light irradiation, which can improve the effect of imparting peelability to the surface, and when the gas generator is used, when used. A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that has sufficient adhesive strength and is capable of forming an adhesive layer that is easily peeled off from an adherend when peeled off. It is an object of the present invention to provide an adhesive sheet having excellent peelability from an adherend.
 本開示の1実施形態は、下記一般式(1)及び(2)の少なくとも1種で表され、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が7000以上であり、光照射により気体が発生する気体発生剤を提供する。 One embodiment of the present disclosure is represented by at least one of the following general formulas (1) and (2), the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm is 7,000 or more, and gas is generated by light irradiation. A gas generating agent is provided.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(一般式(1)及び(2)中、
Aはそれぞれ独立に、下記一般式(A-1)、(A-2)又は(A-3)で表される気体発生部を表し、
Lはそれぞれ独立に、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、
は、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、1価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表し、
は、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい2価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(In the general formulas (1) and (2),
A independently represents a gas generating part represented by the following general formulas (A-1), (A-2) or (A-3).
L each independently represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded, may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, and may have a substituent. Represents a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a monovalent organopolysiloxane group.
Q2 has a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded and may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, or a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Represents a divalent organopolysiloxane group. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(一般式(A-1)、(A-2)及び(A-3)中、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~20の芳香族基、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、Rはそれぞれ独立に、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、シアノ基、-COOR、又は-CONR、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、シアノ基、-COOR、-CONR、又は前記-L-Qを表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を表し、Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数1~5の炭化水素基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(In the general formulas (A-1), (A-2) and (A-3), R 1 is an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 2 is independent of each other. In addition, a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R3 are each independently or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. , Cyan group, -COOR 5 , or -CONR 6 R 7 , R 4 may have a substituent, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyano group, -COOR 5 , -CONR 6 R 7 , Or the above-LQ 1 , R 5 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom or. Represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)
 本開示の前記気体発生剤における、前記一般式(1)及び(2)において、Qは、下記(Rf-1)~(Rf-5)で表されるいずれか1つの1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、下記(Si-1)で表される1価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表し、Qは、下記(Rf-6)で表される2価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、下記(Si-2)で表される2価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表すものであってよい。 In the general formulas (1) and (2) of the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, Q1 is a monovalent fluorination of any one represented by the following (Rf-1) to (Rf-5). It represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a monovalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-1), and Q2 is a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon represented by the following (Rf-6). It may represent a hydrogen group or a divalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式(Rf-1)、式(Rf-2)及び式(Rf-3)において、nはそれぞれ独立に、2~8の整数を表し、式(Rf-4)において、n’は4~10の整数を表し、(Rf-5)において、nは0~8の整数、n”は0~4の整数、mは0~8の整数、但しn+n”×mは2~8の整数を表し、Jは、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表し、(Rf-6)において、nは1~8の整数、n”は0~7の整数、mは0~7整数、但しn+n”×mは2~8の整数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In the formula (Rf-1), the formula (Rf-2) and the formula (Rf-3), n independently represents an integer of 2 to 8, and in the formula (Rf-4), n'is 4 to 4 to. Represents an integer of 10, and in (Rf-5), n is an integer of 0 to 8, n "is an integer of 0 to 4, m is an integer of 0 to 8, but n + n" × m is an integer of 2 to 8. Representing, J 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and in (Rf-6), n is an integer of 1 to 8, and n "is 0 to 0. An integer of 7, m is an integer of 0 to 7, where n + n ”× m is an integer of 2 to 8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(式(Si-1)及び(Si-2)において、R11は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、又は下記一般式(Si-3)で表される基を表し、Jは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表す。aはそれぞれ独立に、1~100の数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the formulas (Si-1) and (Si-2), R 11 independently has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and the like. Represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a group represented by the following general formula (Si-3), and J2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents a group, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group. A independently represents a number of 1 to 100.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(式(Si-3)において、R12は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、又は炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基を表し、bは0~100の数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In the formula (Si-3), R 12 has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or 1 to 20 carbon atoms, each of which may independently have a substituent. Represents an alkoxy group of, and b represents a number from 0 to 100.)
 本開示の前記気体発生剤における、前記一般式(1)及び(2)において、Lは、それぞれ独立に、直接結合、或いは、-SCHCHCOO-、-SCHCH(CH)COO-、-SCHCH(OH)CH-、-OCHCH(OH)CH-、-SCH(CH)O-、-OCH(CH)O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-COS-、-SONH-、又は、-O-及び-S-からなる群から選択される1種以上が含まれていても良く、水酸基が置換されていても良い炭素数1~22の炭化水素基、或いは、これらの組み合わせを表すものであってよい。 In the general formulas (1) and (2) in the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, L is directly bonded or directly bonded to each other, or -SCH 2 CH 2 COO-, -SCH 2 CH (CH 3 ) COO, respectively. -, -SCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , -SCH (CH 3 ) O-, -OCH (CH 3 ) O-, -COO-, -CONH-, One or more selected from the group consisting of -COS-, -SO 2 NH-, or -O- and -S- may be contained, and the hydroxyl group may be substituted with 1 to 22 carbon atoms. It may represent the hydrocarbon group of the above, or a combination thereof.
 本開示の他の実施形態は、粘着剤成分と、前記本開示の1実施形態の気体発生剤とを含有する、粘着組成物を提供する。 Another embodiment of the present disclosure provides a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of one embodiment of the present disclosure.
 本開示の他の実施形態は、粘着層と、前記粘着層の一方の面に基材又は離型シートを備え、
 前記粘着層は、粘着剤成分と前記本開示の1実施形態の気体発生剤とを含有する粘着組成物又はその硬化物であり、当該粘着層は、光照射により初期粘着力から粘着力が低下する特性を有する、粘着シートを提供する。
Another embodiment of the present disclosure comprises a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a substrate or mold release sheet on one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a cured product thereof containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of one embodiment of the present disclosure, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is reduced from the initial pressure-sensitive adhesive force by light irradiation. Provided is an adhesive sheet having the characteristics of
 本開示の前記粘着組成物、及び前記粘着シートにおける前記粘着組成物は、光硬化性成分と、光開始剤とを含有するものであってよい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may contain a photocurable component and a photoinitiator.
 本開示の前記粘着組成物、及び前記粘着シートにおける前記粘着組成物は、熱架橋剤を含有するものであってよい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may contain a heat-crosslinking agent.
 本開示の前記粘着シートは、前記粘着層の前記基材又は離型シート側とは反対側の面に、更に離型シートを備えるものであってよい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure may further include a release sheet on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer opposite to the base material or the release sheet side.
 本開示の実施形態によれば、剥離性を表面に与える効果を向上することができる、光照射により気体が発生する気体発生剤、当該気体発生剤を用いた、使用時には十分な粘着力を有しながら、剥離する際には被着体からの易剥離性に優れた粘着層を形成可能な粘着組成物、当該粘着組成物を用いた、使用時には十分な粘着力を有しながら、被着体からの易剥離性に優れた粘着シートを提供することができる。 According to the embodiment of the present disclosure, a gas generator that generates a gas by light irradiation, which can improve the effect of imparting peelability to the surface, and the gas generator, which has sufficient adhesive strength at the time of use. However, when peeling off, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition capable of forming an adhesive layer having excellent peelability from the adherend, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used, while having sufficient adhesive strength at the time of use, it is adhered. It is possible to provide an adhesive sheet having excellent peelability from the body.
本開示における粘着シートの一例を示す模式断面図である。It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows an example of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in this disclosure. 本開示における粘着シートの他の例を示す模式断面図である。It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows the other example of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in this disclosure.
 以下、本開示の実施の形態や実施例などを、図面等を参照しながら説明する。但し、本開示は多くの異なる態様で実施することが可能であり、以下に例示する実施の形態や実施例等の記載内容に限定して解釈されるものではない。また、図面は説明をより明確にするため、実際の態様に比べ、各部の幅、厚さ、形状等について模式的に表される場合があるが、あくまで一例であって、本開示の解釈を限定するものではない。また、本明細書と各図において、既出の図に関して前述したものと同様の要素には、同一の符号を付して、詳細な説明を適宜省略することがある。また、説明の便宜上、上方又は下方という語句を用いて説明する場合があるが、上下方向が逆転してもよい。
「本明細書において、ある部材又はある領域等のある構成が、他の部材又は他の領域等の他の構成の「上に(又は下に)」あるとする場合、特段の限定がない限り、これは他の構成の直上(又は直下)にある場合のみでなく、他の構成の上方(又は下方)にある場合を含み、すなわち、他の構成の上方(又は下方)において間に別の構成要素が含まれている場合も含む。
Hereinafter, embodiments and examples of the present disclosure will be described with reference to the drawings and the like. However, the present disclosure can be carried out in many different modes, and is not construed as being limited to the description contents of the embodiments and examples illustrated below. In addition, in order to clarify the explanation, the drawings may schematically represent the width, thickness, shape, etc. of each part as compared with the actual embodiment, but this is just an example, and the interpretation of the present disclosure is used. It is not limited. Further, in the present specification and each figure, the same elements as those described above with respect to the above-mentioned figures may be designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof may be omitted as appropriate. Further, for convenience of explanation, the phrase "upper" or "lower" may be used for explanation, but the vertical direction may be reversed.
"In the present specification, when a configuration such as a member or a region is" above (or below) "an other configuration such as another member or another region, unless otherwise specified. , This includes not only the case of being directly above (or directly below) the other configuration, but also the case of being above (or below) the other configuration, i.e., another in between above (or below) the other configuration. Including the case where components are included.
 本開示において、(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル又はメタアクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート又はメタクリレートの各々を表す。
 また、本明細書において「シート」には、「フィルム」と呼ばれる部材も含まれる。また、「フィルム」には、「シート」と呼ばれる部材も含まれる。また、「シート面(フィルム面)」とは、対象となるシート状(フィルム状)の部材を全体的かつ大局的に見た場合において対象となるシート状部材(フィルム状部材)の平面方向と一致する面のことを指す。
 なお、本開示において「光」としては、紫外線を含む光が挙げられる。
 以下、本開示の気体発生剤、粘着組成物、及び粘着シートについて順に詳細に説明する。
In the present disclosure, (meth) acrylic represents each of acrylic or methacrylic, and (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate or methacrylate.
Further, in the present specification, the "sheet" also includes a member called a "film". The "film" also includes a member called a "sheet". Further, the "sheet surface (film surface)" is the plane direction of the target sheet-like member (film-like member) when the target sheet-like member (film-like member) is viewed as a whole and from a broad perspective. Refers to the matching plane.
In the present disclosure, the "light" includes light including ultraviolet rays.
Hereinafter, the gas generator, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure will be described in detail in order.
A.気体発生剤
 本開示の1実施形態の気体発生剤は、下記一般式(1)及び(2)の少なくとも1種で表され、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が7000以上であり、光照射により気体が発生する気体発生剤である。
A. Gas generator The gas generator of one embodiment of the present disclosure is represented by at least one of the following general formulas (1) and (2), and has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 7,000 or more at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm. It is a gas generating agent that generates gas by light irradiation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(1)及び(2)中、
Aはそれぞれ独立に、下記一般式(A-1)、(A-2)又は(A-3)で表される気体発生部を表し、
Lはそれぞれ独立に、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、
は、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、1価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表し、
は、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい2価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In the general formulas (1) and (2),
A independently represents a gas generating part represented by the following general formulas (A-1), (A-2) or (A-3).
L each independently represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded, may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, and may have a substituent. Represents a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a monovalent organopolysiloxane group.
Q2 has a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded and may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, or a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Represents a divalent organopolysiloxane group. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(A-1)、(A-2)及び(A-3)中、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~20の芳香族基、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、Rはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、シアノ基、-COOR、又は-CONR、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、シアノ基、-COOR、-CONR、又は前記-L-Qを表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を表し、Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数1~5の炭化水素基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In the general formulas (A-1), (A-2) and (A-3), R 1 is an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 2 is independent of each other. In addition, a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and R3 independently have a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. , Cyan group, -COOR 5 , or -CONR 6 R 7 , R 4 may have a substituent, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyano group, -COOR 5 , -CONR 6 R 7 , Or the above-LQ 1 , R 5 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom or. Represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)
 本開示の気体発生剤は、前記特定の構造を有する気体発生部と前記特定のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、前記特定のオルガノポリシロキサン基を有し、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が7000以上であり、光照射により気体が発生する気体発生剤であることにより、剥離性を表面に与える効果を向上することができる気体発生剤である。この理由は明らかではないが以下のように推定される。
 高接着易剥離を目的とした気体発生剤を含有する粘着層においては、使用後に光を照射することによって、気体発生剤から発生した気体が、粘着層の表面、すなわち被着体との界面に放出され、その圧力によって被着体の少なくとも一部が剥離する。当該気体の粘着層表面への放出により、粘着層は、被着体との接触面積が減少して、容易に剥離できるようになる。従来の気体発生剤を含有する粘着層においては、気体発生剤が粘着層中に均一に分散されることから、光を照射しても、粘着層内部に存在する気体発生剤からは、気体が粘着層の表面に放出され難く、粘着層表面付近に存在する気体発生剤から発生した気体だけでは、粘着層表面での気体発生量が不十分となるため、剥離力の低下が不十分で、易剥離性が不十分であった。粘着層表面での気体発生量を多くするために、粘着層中の気体発生剤の含有量を多くすると、粘着層の粘着力の低下が生じたり、粘着層の白濁が生じたりすることから、気体発生剤の添加による剥離力の向上に限界があった。
 それに対して、本開示の気体発生剤は、前記特定の構造を有する気体発生部に、前記特定のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、前記特定のオルガノポリシロキサン基が導入されていることから、表面に局在化しやすい。本開示の気体発生剤を含有する粘着層においては、気体発生剤が粘着層の表面に局在化しやすいことから、光を照射すると、粘着層表面に局在化している気体発生剤が気体を発生し、当該気体は粘着層の表面に放出されやすい。本開示の気体発生剤を含有する粘着層においては、粘着層表面での気体発生量が効率的に増加するため、被着体からの易剥離性に優れる。本開示の気体発生剤は、粘着層の表面に局在化しやすいことから、気体発生剤の含有量を多くしなくても粘着層表面での気体発生量を効率的に増加することができるので、粘着層の粘着力の低下や白濁を抑制することができる。このように、本開示の気体発生剤は、剥離性を表面に与える効果を向上することができると推定される。
The gas generator of the present disclosure has the gas generating part having the specific structure and the specific fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the specific organopolysiloxane group, and has a molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm. Is a gas generating agent having a maximum value of 7,000 or more and generating a gas by light irradiation, so that the effect of imparting peelability to the surface can be improved. The reason for this is not clear, but it is presumed as follows.
In the adhesive layer containing a gas generating agent for the purpose of high adhesion and easy peeling, the gas generated from the gas generating agent is applied to the surface of the adhesive layer, that is, the interface with the adherend by irradiating light after use. It is released and the pressure causes at least a portion of the adherend to peel off. By releasing the gas to the surface of the adhesive layer, the adhesive layer has a reduced contact area with the adherend and can be easily peeled off. In the conventional pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a gas-generating agent, the gas-generating agent is uniformly dispersed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It is difficult for the gas to be released to the surface of the adhesive layer, and the amount of gas generated on the surface of the adhesive layer is insufficient only with the gas generated from the gas generating agent existing near the surface of the adhesive layer. The easy peelability was insufficient. If the content of the gas generating agent in the adhesive layer is increased in order to increase the amount of gas generated on the surface of the adhesive layer, the adhesive strength of the adhesive layer may be lowered or the adhesive layer may become cloudy. There was a limit to the improvement of peeling power by adding a gas generating agent.
On the other hand, in the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, the specific fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the specific organopolysiloxane group is introduced into the gas generating portion having the specific structure. , Easy to localize on the surface. In the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, the gas generating agent tends to be localized on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Therefore, when irradiated with light, the gas-generating agent localized on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer releases gas. It is generated and the gas is easily released to the surface of the adhesive layer. In the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, the amount of gas generated on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is efficiently increased, so that the adhesive layer is excellent in easy peeling property from the adherend. Since the gas generating agent of the present disclosure is easily localized on the surface of the adhesive layer, the amount of gas generated on the surface of the adhesive layer can be efficiently increased without increasing the content of the gas generating agent. , It is possible to suppress a decrease in the adhesive strength of the adhesive layer and white turbidity. As described above, it is presumed that the gas generating agent of the present disclosure can improve the effect of imparting peelability to the surface.
 本開示の気体発生剤は、光照射により分解して気体を発生することができるものである。本開示の気体発生剤は、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が7000以上であることから、紫外線を含む光を効率よく吸収することができ、紫外線を含む光照射によって、効率的に分解して気体を発生することができるものである。
 一般式(1)及び(2)中、Aはそれぞれ独立に、前記一般式(A-1)、(A-2)又は(A-3)で表される気体発生部を表す。
 前記一般式(A-1)で表される気体発生部は、光照射により、テトラゾール環が分解して、窒素ガスを発生する。
 前記一般式(A-2)で表される気体発生部は、光照射により、-(C=O)-(C=N)-結合が、-(C=C=O)-結合と窒素ガスに分解して、窒素ガスを発生する。
 前記一般式(A-3)で表される気体発生部は、光照射により、アゾ基部分で分解して、窒素ガスを発生する。
The gas generating agent of the present disclosure can be decomposed by light irradiation to generate a gas. Since the gas generator of the present disclosure has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 7,000 or more at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm, it can efficiently absorb light containing ultraviolet rays, and can be efficiently irradiated with light containing ultraviolet rays. It can be decomposed to generate gas.
In the general formulas (1) and (2), A independently represents the gas generating portion represented by the general formula (A-1), (A-2) or (A-3).
In the gas generating portion represented by the general formula (A-1), the tetrazole ring is decomposed by light irradiation to generate nitrogen gas.
The gas generating part represented by the general formula (A-2) has a-(C = O)-(C = N 2 ) -bond, a-(C = C = O) -bond and nitrogen by light irradiation. Decomposes into gas to generate nitrogen gas.
The gas generating portion represented by the general formula (A-3) is decomposed at the azo group portion by light irradiation to generate nitrogen gas.
 一般式(A-1)中、Rにおける、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~20の芳香族基としては、化合物が、前記特定のモル吸光係数の最大値を満たすように適宜選択されればよい。
 炭素数3~20の芳香族基としては、芳香族炭化水素基、及び芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。
In the general formula (A-1), as the aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 1 , the compound satisfies the maximum value of the specific molar extinction coefficient. It may be selected as appropriate.
Examples of the aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基、フェナントリル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチルフェニル基、ピレニル基等が挙げられる。
 芳香族複素環基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子の少なくとも1つを含む炭素数3~20の芳香族複素環基が挙げられ、炭素数3~10の芳香族複素環基が好ましく、例えば、ピロリル基、フリル基、チエニル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、イソオキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、イソチアゾリル基、カルバゾール基等が挙げられる。
 前記芳香族基が有していてもよい置換基としては、F、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、メトキシ基などのアルコキシ基、ジフェニルアミノ基などの3級アミノ基、ベンゾイル基などのアシル基等が挙げられる。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基としては、後述する炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基、アラルキル基と同様であって良いが、炭素数1~14のアルキル基、炭素数2~14のアルケニル基、炭素数7~14のアラルキル基であることが好ましい。前記芳香族基の置換基を適宜選択することにより、光の吸収波長を変化させたり、他の成分との相溶性を向上することができる。光の吸収波長を長波長側に変化させる置換基としては、例えば、メトキシ基などのアルコキシ基、ジフェニルアミノ基などのジアリールアミノ基、ベンゾイル基などのアシル基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, for example, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. , Phenantril group, fluorenyl group, naphthylphenyl group, pyrenyl group and the like.
Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms containing at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Preferably, for example, a pyrrolyl group, a frill group, a thienyl group, a pyrazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an isooxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, a carbazole group and the like can be mentioned.
Examples of the substituent that the aromatic group may have include a halogen atom such as F, Cl and Br, an alkoxy group such as a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group and a methoxy group, and a diphenylamino group. Examples thereof include an acyl group such as a tertiary amino group and a benzoyl group. The alkyl group, alkenyl group, and aralkyl group may be the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and the aralkyl group, which will be described later, but the alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, It is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 14 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms. By appropriately selecting the substituent of the aromatic group, the absorption wavelength of light can be changed and the compatibility with other components can be improved. Examples of the substituent that changes the absorption wavelength of light toward the long wavelength side include an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, a diarylamino group such as a diphenylamino group, and an acyl group such as a benzoyl group.
 Rとしては、吸収波長領域が拡張、長波長化できる点から、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基であってよく、中でも、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、ナフチル基、又はアントリル基であることがより好ましく、紫外線を含む光を照射する場合には、感度が高く、気体の発生効率が向上する点から、ナフチル基であることがより好ましい。 R1 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent because the absorption wavelength region can be expanded and the wavelength can be lengthened. Among them, R1 has a substituent. It is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthryl group which may have a substituent, and irradiate light containing ultraviolet rays. In some cases, a naphthyl group is more preferable because the sensitivity is high and the gas generation efficiency is improved.
 Rにおける置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基、アラルキル基、及びアリール基などが挙げられる。
 前記炭素数1~20のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、アダマンチル基、低級アルキル基置換アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。
 前記炭素数2~20のアルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えばビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。アルケニル基の二重結合の位置には限定はないが、反応性の点からは、アルケニル基の末端に二重結合があることが好ましい。
 アリール基としては、前記Rにおける芳香族炭化水素基と同様であってよいが、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基等が好適に用いられる。
 また、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられる。アラルキル基の炭素数は、7~20が好ましく、更に7~14が好ましい。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R2 include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, and an aryl group. And so on.
The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group or 2-. Examples thereof include ethylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, lower alkyl group substituted adamantyl group and the like.
The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a propenyl group and the like. The position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of reactivity, it is preferable that the double bond is at the end of the alkenyl group.
The aryl group may be the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon group in R 1 , but a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like are preferably used.
Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like. The carbon number of the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 14.
 前記炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、F、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン原子、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。
 前記アリール基やアラルキル基等の芳香環の置換基としては、前記アルキル基であっても良い。
 なお、前記好ましい炭素数には、置換基の炭素数は含まれない。
Examples of the substituent that the hydrocarbon group may have include halogen atoms such as F, Cl and Br, a nitro group and the like.
The alkyl group may be used as the substituent of the aromatic ring such as the aryl group or the aralkyl group.
The preferable carbon number does not include the carbon number of the substituent.
 Rとしては、有機溶剤の溶解性、反応性、1分子中の窒素含有量の点から、中でも、水素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、3つとも水素原子であってよい。 R2 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent in terms of solubility and reactivity of an organic solvent and a nitrogen content in one molecule. It is preferable that all three atoms are hydrogen atoms.
 R、R、R及びRにおける置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基としては、前記Rにおける置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 Rにおける炭素数1~5の炭化水素基は、前記Rにおける置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基のうち、炭素数1~5の炭化水素基に相当するものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 Rにおける-L-Qは、後述と同様であって良い。
The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 7 may have a substituent in R 2 and has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The same as 20 hydrocarbon groups can be mentioned.
The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in R 6 corresponds to the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms among the hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have the substituent in R2 . Something similar to what you do.
-L-Q 1 in R 4 may be the same as described later.
 R及びRとしては、有機溶剤の溶解性、1分子中に含まれる窒素含有量の点から、中でも、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~20の置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。
 Rは、1分子中に含まれる窒素含有量の点から、中でも水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましく、さらに水素原子であることがより好ましい。
The hydrocarbons R5 and R7 may have substituents having 1 to 20 carbon atoms independently from the viewpoint of the solubility of the organic solvent and the nitrogen content in one molecule. It is preferably a group, and more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
From the viewpoint of the nitrogen content contained in one molecule, R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Rとしては、有機溶剤の溶解性、1分子中に含まれる窒素含有量の点から、中でも、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10の置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基、又は、シアノ基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~5の炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であってよい。 R 3 is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group which may independently have a substituent having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, in terms of the solubility of an organic solvent and the content of nitrogen contained in one molecule. , A cyano group is preferable, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group may be used.
 Rとしては、有機溶剤への溶解性、粘着層の表面への局在化の点から、中でも、炭素数1~10の置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基又は前記-L-Qであることが好ましく、前記-L-Qであることがより好ましい。 The R4 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or the above-mentioned −L— from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent and localization to the surface of the adhesive layer. Q 1 is preferable, and —L—Q 1 is more preferable.
 一般式(1)及び(2)中、Aは中でも、耐熱性、及び、1分子中の窒素含有量の点から、前記一般式(A-1)で表される気体発生部を表すことが好ましい。
 前記一般式(A-1)で表される気体発生部を以下に例示するがこれらに限定されるものではない。
In the general formulas (1) and (2), A can represent the gas generating part represented by the general formula (A-1) in terms of heat resistance and nitrogen content in one molecule. preferable.
The gas generating unit represented by the general formula (A-1) is exemplified below, but is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一方、前記一般式(1)及び(2)において、Qは、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、1価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表し、Qは、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい2価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表す。 On the other hand, in the general formulas (1) and (2), Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded, and contains an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain. It may also represent a monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a monovalent organopolysiloxane group which may have a substituent, and Q2 is the number of carbon atoms to which the fluorine atom is directly bonded. It represents 2 to 8 and represents a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a divalent organopolysiloxane group which may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain.
 Q及びQにおける、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の飽和若しくは不飽和フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 Q及びQにおける、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基は、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であれば、その一部にフッ素原子が直接結合していない炭素原子が含まれていてもよい。例えば、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基にアルキニル基が含まれている場合には、フッ素原子が直接結合していない炭素原子が含まれる。
Examples of the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group in Q1 and Q2 include a linear or branched saturated or unsaturated fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
If the number of carbon atoms to which the fluorine atom is directly bonded is 2 to 8, the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group in Q1 and Q2 contains a carbon atom to which the fluorine atom is not directly bonded. It may be. For example, when the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains an alkynyl group, a carbon atom to which a fluorine atom is not directly bonded is included.
 Q及びQにおける、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基は、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子において、全てがフッ素原子に置換されていなくてもよく、その一部に、水素原子や置換基が含まれていてもよい。当該置換基としては、例えば、気体発生部と連結する際に用いられる反応性基であってもよく、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、ビニルエーテル基、リン酸基、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。 The fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups in Q1 and Q2 do not have to be all substituted with fluorine atoms in the carbon atom to which the fluorine atom is directly bonded, and some of them have hydrogen atoms or substituents. It may be included. The substituent may be, for example, a reactive group used when linking with a gas generating part, and may be a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a vinyl ether group, a phosphoric acid group, or the like. Examples include an epoxy group.
 Q及びQにおける、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基においては、表面局在化の効果の点から、フッ素原子が4個以上含まれることが好ましく、6個以上含まれることがより好ましい。フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基におけるフッ素原子は17個以下であってよく、16個以下であってよい。 The fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group in Q1 and Q2 preferably contains 4 or more fluorine atoms, and more preferably 6 or more, from the viewpoint of the effect of surface localization. The number of fluorine atoms in the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be 17 or less, and may be 16 or less.
 Q及びQにおけるフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素としては、表面局在化の効果の点から、Qは、下記(Rf-1)~(Rf-5)で表されるいずれか1つの1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられ、Qは、下記(Rf-6)で表される2価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられる。 As the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon in Q1 and Q2 , Q1 is one of the following (Rf-1) to (Rf-5) from the viewpoint of the effect of surface localization. A fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a valence is mentioned, and Q2 is a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by the following (Rf-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(式(Rf-1)、式(Rf-2)及び式(Rf-3)において、nはそれぞれ独立に、2~8の整数を表し、式(Rf-4)において、n’は4~10の整数を表し、(Rf-5)において、nは1~8の整数、n”は0~7の整数、mは0~7整数、但しn+n”×mは2~8の整数を表し、Jは、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表し、(Rf-6)において、nは0~8の整数、n”は0~4の整数、mは0~8の整数、但しn+n”×mは2~8の整数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(In the formula (Rf-1), the formula (Rf-2) and the formula (Rf-3), n independently represents an integer of 2 to 8, and in the formula (Rf-4), n'is 4 to 4 to. In (Rf-5), n represents an integer of 1 to 8, n "represents an integer of 0 to 7, m represents an integer of 0 to 7, and n + n" × m represents an integer of 2 to 8. , J 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and in (Rf-6), n is an integer of 0 to 8, and n "is an integer of 0 to 4. , M is an integer of 0 to 8, where n + n ”× m is an integer of 2 to 8).
 前記式(Rf-1)、(Rf-2)及び式(Rf-3)において、nはそれぞれ独立に、2~8の整数を表すが、表面局在化の効果の点から、中でもnは4~8の整数を表すことが好ましい。
 前記(Rf-4)において、n’は4~10の整数を表すが、表面局在化の効果の点から、中でもnは5~10の整数を表すことが好ましい。
 前記(Rf-5)において、nは1~8の整数、n”は0~7の整数、mは0~7の整数、但しn+n”×mは2~8の整数を表すが、表面局在化の効果の点から、nは2~8の整数、n”は1~7の整数、mは1~7の整数を表すことが好ましく、中でもn+n”×mは3~8の整数を表すことが好ましい。
 前記(Rf-6)において、nは0~8の整数、n”は0~4の整数、mは0~8の整数、但しn+n”×mは2~8の整数を表すが、表面局在化の効果の点から、nは2~8の整数、n”は1~7の整数、mは1~7の整数を表すことが好ましく、中でもn+n”×mは3~8の整数を表すことが好ましい。
In the above equations (Rf-1), (Rf-2) and (Rf-3), n independently represents an integer of 2 to 8, but from the viewpoint of the effect of surface localization, n is among them. It preferably represents an integer of 4-8.
In the above (Rf-4), n'represents an integer of 4 to 10, but from the viewpoint of the effect of surface localization, n is preferably an integer of 5 to 10.
In the above (Rf-5), n is an integer of 1 to 8, n "is an integer of 0 to 7, m is an integer of 0 to 7, and n + n" × m is an integer of 2 to 8. From the viewpoint of the effect of localization, it is preferable that n represents an integer of 2 to 8, n "represents an integer of 1 to 7, m represents an integer of 1 to 7, and n + n" × m represents an integer of 3 to 8. It is preferable to represent it.
In the above (Rf-6), n is an integer of 0 to 8, n "is an integer of 0 to 4, m is an integer of 0 to 8, and n + n" xm is an integer of 2 to 8. From the viewpoint of the effect of localization, it is preferable that n represents an integer of 2 to 8, n "represents an integer of 1 to 7, m represents an integer of 1 to 7, and n + n" × m represents an integer of 3 to 8. It is preferable to represent it.
 前記(Rf-5)において、Jは、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表す。Jは、水素原子、又はフッ素原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましいが、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基であってもよい。Jがこのような反応性基を有する場合には、例えば、粘着組成物中の他の成分と気体発生剤との結合に用いられても良い。
 前記一般式(2)の化合物を調製する際に、両末端に気体発生部が導入されず、片末端のみに気体発生部が導入された場合にも、前記一般式(1)の構造を有し、末端に水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基等の反応性基を有する場合がある。
In the above (Rf-5), J 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group. J 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, but may be a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group. When J 1 has such a reactive group, it may be used, for example, for binding other components in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a gas generating agent.
When the compound of the general formula (2) is prepared, the structure of the general formula (1) is obtained even when the gas generating part is not introduced at both ends and the gas generating part is introduced only at one end. However, it may have a reactive group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group at the terminal.
 Qは、中でも、前記(Rf-1)又は(Rf-5)で表されるいずれか1つの1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、前記(Rf-1)又は(Rf-5)で表されるいずれか1つの1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、前記(Rf-1)で表されるいずれか1つの1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい。 Among them, Q 1 is preferably any one monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by the above (Rf-1) or (Rf-5), and the above (Rf-1) or (Rf-1) or ( It is more preferable that it is any one monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by Rf-5), and any one monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon represented by the above (Rf-1). It is more preferably a hydrocarbon group.
 一方、Q及びQにおける、オルガノポリシロキサン基は、シロキサン結合-(O-Si)-(ここでaは繰り返し数)を主鎖に有し、側鎖の少なくとも一部に炭化水素基を含む基をいう。 On the other hand, the organopolysiloxane group in Q1 and Q2 has a siloxane bond- (O-Si) a- (where a is the number of repetitions) in the main chain and a hydrocarbon group in at least a part of the side chain. Refers to a group containing.
 Q及びQにおけるオルガノポリシロキサン基としては、表面局在化の効果の点から、Qは、下記(Si-1)で表される1価のオルガノポリシロキサン基が挙げられ、Qは、下記(Si-2)で表される2価のオルガノポリシロキサン基が挙げられる。 Examples of the organopolysiloxane group in Q1 and Q2 include a monovalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-1) in terms of the effect of surface localization, and Q2 . Is a divalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(式(Si-1)及び(Si-2)において、R11は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、又は下記一般式(Si-3)で表される基を表し、Jは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表す。aはそれぞれ独立に、1~100の数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(In the formulas (Si-1) and (Si-2), R 11 independently has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and the like. Represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a group represented by the following general formula (Si-3), and J2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents a group, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group. A independently represents a number of 1 to 100.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(式(Si-3)において、R12は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、又は炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基を表し、bは0~100の数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(In the formula (Si-3), R 12 has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or 1 to 20 carbon atoms, each of which may independently have a substituent. Represents an alkoxy group of, and b represents a number from 0 to 100.)
 R11及びR12における置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基としては、前記Rにおける置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基と同様であって良い。R11及びR12における置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基としては、中でも、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10の炭化水素基が好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基等のアルキル基、シクロヘキシル基等のシクロアルキル基、フェニル基、トリル基等のアリール基、ベンジル基、フェネチル基等のアラルキル基又はこれらの基の炭素原子に結合している水素原子の一部又は全部をヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子等で置換したヒドロキシプロピル基、シアノエチル基、1-クロロプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピル基等が挙げられる。
 R11及びR12における炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、具体的には、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等が挙げられる。
 R11及びR12としては、有機溶剤への溶解性の点から、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アリール基、又は、前記一般式(Si-3)で表される基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。R12としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
As the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 11 and R 12 , the hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 2 is mentioned. It may be the same as the hydrogen group. As the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R 11 and R 12 , among them, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent may be present. Is preferable, and specifically, an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group, a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, an aryl group such as a phenyl group and a trill group, and an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group and a phenethyl group. A hydroxypropyl group, a cyanoethyl group, a 1-chloropropyl group, 3,3, in which a part or all of the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the group or these groups is substituted with a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, or the like. Examples thereof include a 3-trifluoropropyl group.
The alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 11 and R 12 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group and a butoxy group.
As R 11 and R 12 , from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group, or a group represented by the general formula (Si-3) is preferable, and the group has the same number of carbon atoms. It is more preferably 1 to 5 alkyl groups. The R 12 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 Jは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表す。Jは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、又は炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基であることが好ましいが、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基であってもよい。Jがこのような反応性基を有する場合には、例えば、粘着組成物中の他の成分と気体発生剤との結合に用いられても良い。
 前記一般式(2)の化合物を調製する際に、両末端に気体発生部が導入されず、片末端のみに気体発生部が導入された場合にも、前記一般式(1)の構造を有し、末端に水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基等の反応性基を有する場合がある。
J 2 may have a substituent and is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amino group, a carboxy group, or (meth). Represents an acryloyloxy group. J 2 is preferably a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, but a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and the like. It may be a carboxy group or a (meth) acryloyloxy group. When J 2 has such a reactive group, it may be used, for example, for binding other components in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a gas generating agent.
When the compound of the general formula (2) is prepared, the structure of the general formula (1) is obtained even when the gas generating part is not introduced at both ends and the gas generating part is introduced only at one end. However, it may have a reactive group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group at the terminal.
 前記一般式(Si-1)及び(Si-2)において、aは1~100の数を表す。aは分布を有し得るため、平均値であって良い。aは、中でも1分子中の窒素含有量の点から、1~50の数を表すことが好ましく、5~45の数を表すことがより好ましく、10~40の数を表すことがさらに好ましい。
 また、前記一般式(Si-3)中、bは0~100の数を表す。bも分布を有し得るため、平均値であって良い。bは、中でも0~40の数を表すことが好ましく、0~30の数を表すことがより好ましい。
In the general formulas (Si-1) and (Si-2), a represents a number from 1 to 100. Since a may have a distribution, it may be an average value. Among them, a preferably represents a number of 1 to 50, more preferably represents a number of 5 to 45, and further preferably represents a number of 10 to 40 in terms of the nitrogen content in one molecule.
Further, in the general formula (Si-3), b represents a number from 0 to 100. Since b can also have a distribution, it may be an average value. Among them, b preferably represents a number of 0 to 40, and more preferably represents a number of 0 to 30.
 半導体関連、ディスプレイ関連の分野に用いる場合には、汚染の可能性が低い点から、Qは、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、Qは、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい2価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 When used in the fields related to semiconductors and displays, Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which fluorine atoms are directly bonded, and ether bonds (ether bonds in the carbon chain) ( Q1 ) because the possibility of contamination is low. It is preferably a monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain —O—) and may have a substituent, and Q2 is the number of carbon atoms to which the fluorine atom is directly bonded. Is 2 to 8, and is preferably a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain.
 一方、一般式(1)及び(2)中、Lは、それぞれ独立に、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表す。一般式(1)及び(2)中、Lは、前記気体発生部と、前記特定のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基又はオルガノポリシロキサン基とを連結する部位を表し、気体発生部に、前記特定のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基又はオルガノポリシロキサン基を結合させることができる連結部であれば、特に限定されるものではない。
 なお直接結合とは、Lが原子を有しないこと、即ち、一般式(1)及び(2)における前記Aの炭素原子と、前記Q又はQの炭素原子又はケイ素原子とが、他の原子を介さずに結合していることを意味する。
On the other hand, in the general formulas (1) and (2), L independently represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, respectively. In the general formulas (1) and (2), L represents a portion connecting the gas generating portion and the specific fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the organopolysiloxane group, and the gas generating portion includes the specific portion. It is not particularly limited as long as it is a connecting portion to which a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group can be bonded.
The direct bond means that L does not have an atom, that is, the carbon atom of A in the general formulas (1) and ( 2 ) and the carbon atom or silicon atom of Q1 or Q2 are other. It means that they are bonded without interposing atoms.
 一般式(1)及び(2)中のLとしては、それぞれ独立に、例えば、直接結合、或いは、-SCHCHCOO-、-SCHCH(CH)COO-、-SCHCH(OH)CH-、-OCHCH(OH)CH-、-SCH(CH)O-、-OCH(CH)O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-COS-、-SONH-、又は、-O-及び-S-からなる群から選択される1種以上が含まれていても良く、水酸基が置換されていても良い炭素数1~22の炭化水素基、或いは、これらの組み合わせが挙げられる。なお、Lにおいて、結合の向きは任意であってよい。すなわち、Lが-SCHCHCOO-である場合に、Sが前記Aの炭素原子に結合し、Oが前記Q又はQの炭素原子又はケイ素原子に結合する場合と、Sが前記Q又はQの炭素原子又はケイ素原子に結合し、Oが前記Aの炭素原子に結合する場合とを包含する。 The Ls in the general formulas (1) and (2) are independently, for example, directly bonded, or -SCH 2 CH 2 COO-, -SCH 2 CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -SCH 2 CH ( OH) CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , -SCH (CH 3 ) O-, -OCH (CH 3 ) O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -COS-, -SO 2 A hydrocarbon group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, which may contain one or more selected from the group consisting of NH- or -O- and -S-, and may have a hydroxyl group substituted, or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. These combinations can be mentioned. In L, the direction of the bond may be arbitrary. That is, when L is -SCH 2 CH 2 COO-, S is bonded to the carbon atom of A, O is bonded to the carbon atom or silicon atom of Q 1 or Q 2 , and S is the above. This includes the case where it is bonded to the carbon atom or silicon atom of Q1 or Q2 and O is bonded to the carbon atom of A.
 前記炭素数1~22の炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基(トリメチレン基、メチルエチレン基)、ブチレン基(テトラメチレン基、メチルプロピレン基)、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基等のアルキレン基、フェニレン基等のアリーレン基、これらの基の2種以上の組み合わせ(アルキレンアリーレン基)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group (trimethylene group and a methylethylene group), a butylene group (tetramethylene group and a methylpropylene group), a pentamethylene group and a hexamethylene group. Examples thereof include an alkylene group such as a group, an octamethylene group and a cyclohexylene group, an arylene group such as a phenylene group, and a combination of two or more of these groups (alkylene arylene group).
 一般式(1)及び(2)中のLにおける前記組み合わせとしては、例えば、
(L1):-SCHCHCOO-(C2j)-、
(L2):-SCHCHCOO-(C2j)-O-(C2k)-、
(L3):-SCHCHCOO-(C2j)-NHCO-(C2k)-、
(L4):-SCHCHCO-OCHCH(OH)CHO-(C2j)-、
(L5):-SCHCHCO-OCHCH(OH)-(C2j)-、
(L6):-SCHCHCOO-(C2j)-NHCO-CH{CHO-(C2k)-Rf}-CHO-(C2l)-、
(L7):-SCHCHCOO-CH{CHO-(C2j)-Rf}-CHO-(C2k)-、
(L8):-SCHCHCOO-(C2j)-N(C2k+1)SO-、
(L9):-SCHCHCON(C2j+1)-(C2k)-、
(L10):-SCHCHCOO-(C2j)-N(C2k+1)CO-、
(L11):-OCH(CH)O-(C2j)-等(ここで、j、k、及びlはそれぞれ独立に、1~8の整数を表し、Rfは、前記一般式(Rf-1)~(Rf-3)で表されるいずれか1つの1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基)が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 前記j、k、及びlはそれぞれ独立に、2~6の整数を表すことが好ましく、2~4の整数を表すことがより好ましい。
Examples of the combination in L in the general formulas (1) and (2) include, for example.
(L1): -SCH 2 CH 2 COO- (Cj H 2j )-,
(L2): -SCH 2 CH 2 COO- (C j H 2j ) -O- (C k H 2k )-,
(L3): -SCH 2 CH 2 COO- (C j H 2j ) -NHCO- (C k H 2k )-,
(L4): -SCH 2 CH 2 CO-OCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 O- ( Cj H 2j )-,
(L5): -SCH 2 CH 2 CO-OCH 2 CH (OH)-( Cj H 2j )-,
(L6): -SCH 2 CH 2 COO- (C j H 2j ) -NHCO-CH {CH 2 O- (C k H 2k ) -Rf} -CH 2 O- ( Cl H 2l ) -,
(L7): -SCH 2 CH 2 COO-CH {CH 2 O- (C j H 2j ) -Rf} -CH 2 O- (C k H 2k )-,
(L8): -SCH 2 CH 2 COO- (C j H 2j ) -N (C k H 2k + 1 ) SO 2- ,
(L9):-SCH 2 CH 2 CON (C j H 2j + 1 )-(C k H 2k )-,
(L10): -SCH 2 CH 2 COO- (C j H 2j ) -N (C k H 2k + 1 ) CO-,
(L11): -OCH (CH 3 ) O- (C j H 2j )-etc. (Here, j, k, and l each independently represent an integer of 1 to 8, and Rf is the above general formula (where). Any one monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by Rf-1) to (Rf-3)), but is not limited thereto.
The j, k, and l each independently represent an integer of 2 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
 本発明の気体発生剤としては、紫外線領域の発泡性の点から、中でも、下記(1-1)及び(2-1)の少なくとも1種で表され、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が7000以上であり、光照射により気体が発生する気体発生剤であることが好ましい。 The gas generating agent of the present invention is represented by at least one of the following (1-1) and (2-1) from the viewpoint of foamability in the ultraviolet region, and has the maximum molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm. It is preferably a gas generating agent having a value of 7,000 or more and generating a gas by light irradiation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(一般式(1-1)及び(2-1)中、R、L、Q、及びQは、それぞれ独立に、一般式(1)及び一般式(2)と同様のものを表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(In the general formulas (1-1) and (2-1), R1 , L, Q1 and Q2 independently represent the same as the general formulas (1) and (2), respectively. .)
 前記一般式(1-1)で表される化合物としては、例えば、以下の化合物が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。例えば、Aとして前記(a-1-1)~(a-1-15)、Lとして前記(L1)~(L11)、Qとして前記(Rf-1)~(Rf-5)並びに(Si-3)の任意の組み合わせを挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1-1) include, but are not limited to, the following compounds. For example, A is the above (a-1-1) to (a-1-15), L is the above (L1) to (L11), Q1 is the above (Rf-1) to (Rf-5), and (Si). Any combination of -3) can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
 前記一般式(2-1)で表される化合物としては、例えば、以下の化合物が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。例えば、Aとして前記(a-1-1)~(a-1-15)、Lとして前記(L1)~(L11)、Qとして前記(Rf-6)並びに(Si-2)の任意の組み合わせを挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2-1) include, but are not limited to, the following compounds. For example, any of the above (a-1-1) to (a-1-15) as A, the above (L1) to (L11) as L, and the above (Rf-6) and (Si- 2 ) as Q2. Combinations can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
[気体発生剤の特性]
 本開示の気体発生剤は、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が7000以上であることにより、光照射により、効率的に気体を発生することができる。効率的に気体を発生させ、易剥離性を向上する点から、本開示の気体発生剤は、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が、8000以上であることが好ましく、9000以上であることがより好ましい。
 本明細書のモル吸光係数は、気体発生剤を0.1mMになるように酢酸エチルに溶解させ、紫外可視分光光度計(例えば、島津製作所製、紫外可視分光光度計UV2700)を用いて、230nm~800nmの波長域の吸収スペクトルを測定し、得られた吸収スペクトルにおける吸光度を用いて、下記式により計算して得られる値をいう。
 ε=A/c×d
(式中εはモル吸光係数を表し、Aは吸光度、cはモル濃度を表し、dはセル厚みを表す。)
 気体発生剤が酢酸エチルに0.1mM溶解しない場合には、気体発生剤のモル吸光係数の再現性に問題を生じない溶剤を適宜選定して0.1mM溶解させ、上記と同様に求める。気体発生剤のモル吸光係数の再現性に問題を生じない溶剤としては、例えば、230nm~800nmの波長域の吸収スペクトルをもたない有機溶剤であって、気体発生剤と反応しない有機溶剤が挙げられ、具体例としては、アセトニトリル、ジクロロメタン等が挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書において、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が7000以上であるとは、波長240~450nmの間のいずれかの波長におけるモル吸光係数の値が7000以上であればよく、波長240~450nmの間にピークが存在しなくてもよい。
[Characteristics of gas generator]
The gas generating agent of the present disclosure can efficiently generate a gas by light irradiation because the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm is 7,000 or more. From the viewpoint of efficiently generating gas and improving easy peeling property, the gas generator of the present disclosure preferably has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 8000 or more, preferably 9000 or more, at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm. Is more preferable.
The molar absorption coefficient of the present specification is 230 nm by dissolving the gas generator in ethyl acetate so as to be 0.1 mM and using an ultraviolet visible spectrophotometer (for example, Shimadzu Corporation, ultraviolet visible spectrophotometer UV2700). The value obtained by measuring the absorption spectrum in the wavelength range of about 800 nm and calculating by the following formula using the absorbance in the obtained absorption spectrum.
ε = A / c × d
(In the formula, ε represents the molar extinction coefficient, A represents the absorbance, c represents the molar concentration, and d represents the cell thickness.)
When the gas generator does not dissolve 0.1 mM in ethyl acetate, a solvent that does not cause a problem in the reproducibility of the molar extinction coefficient of the gas generator is appropriately selected and dissolved in 0.1 mM, and the same as above is obtained. Examples of the solvent that does not cause a problem in the reproducibility of the molar absorption coefficient of the gas generating agent include organic solvents that do not have an absorption spectrum in the wavelength range of 230 nm to 800 nm and do not react with the gas generating agent. Specific examples thereof include acetonitrile, dichloromethane and the like.
In the present specification, the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm is 7,000 or more, as long as the value of the molar extinction coefficient at any wavelength between the wavelengths of 240 to 450 nm is 7,000 or more. , The peak may not be present between the wavelengths of 240 and 450 nm.
 本開示の気体発生剤の分子量又は質量平均分子量Mwは、特に限定されるものではないが、1分子中の窒素原子含有量の点から、200~2000であることが好ましく、300~1000であることがより好ましい。
 ここで、気体発生剤の分子量は、液体クロマトグラフィー質量分析(LC-MS)により求めることができる。
 また、気体発生剤がオルガノポリシロキサン基を含む場合には、質量平均分子量で特定されてよく、質量平均分子量は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求めることができる。
The molecular weight or mass average molecular weight Mw of the gas generator of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 200 to 2000, preferably 300 to 1000, from the viewpoint of the nitrogen atom content in one molecule. Is more preferable.
Here, the molecular weight of the gas generator can be determined by liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS).
When the gas generating agent contains an organopolysiloxane group, it may be specified by the mass average molecular weight, and the mass average molecular weight can be obtained as a standard polystyrene-equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). can.
[気体発生剤の製造方法]
 前記本開示の気体発生剤の製造方法は、特に限定されず、例えば、反応性基を有する気体発生部と、当該気体発生部の反応性基と反応し結合を形成する反応性基とフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基又はオルガノポリシロキサン基とを有する化合物とを、反応させて結合することによって、本開示の気体発生剤を得ることができる。
 反応性基同士の組み合わせとしては、例えば、チオール基と(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、チオール基とエポキシ基、チオール基とビニルエーテル基、水酸基とビニルエーテル基、水酸基とエポキシ基、水酸基とイソシアネート基、アミノ基とスルホニルクロリド基、カルボキシ基とエポキシ基等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。各組み合わせにおいて、どちらが気体発生部側の反応性基となり、どちらがフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基又はオルガノポリシロキサン基を有する化合物側の反応性基となってもよい。
[Manufacturing method of gas generating agent]
The method for producing the gas generating agent of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and for example, a gas generating portion having a reactive group, a reactive group that reacts with the reactive group of the gas generating portion to form a bond, and fluorination. The gas generator of the present disclosure can be obtained by reacting and bonding with a compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group.
Examples of the combination of the reactive groups include a thiol group and a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a thiol group and an epoxy group, a thiol group and a vinyl ether group, a hydroxyl group and a vinyl ether group, a hydroxyl group and an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group and an isocyanate group, and an amino group. , A sulfonyl chloride group, a carboxy group, an epoxy group and the like, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In each combination, which may be the reactive group on the gas generating part side and which may be the reactive group on the compound side having a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group.
 反応性基を有する気体発生部としては、例えば、Russian Journal of General Chemistry (2017), 87(4),p.731-738等を参照して合成することが可能である。例えば、イソチオシアネート誘導体(R-N=C=S、ここでRは炭素数3~20の芳香族基)とアジ化ナトリウムを反応させることにより、チオール基と、R(炭素数3~20の芳香族基)が置換されたテトラゾール化合物を合成することができる。また、特開昭59-196860を参照してスルホン酸クロリド基を有するナフトキノンジアジド化合物を合成することができる。また、Shandong Huagong,Volume:37,Issue:3,Pages:7-9,Journal,2008を参照して、シアン化ナトリウムと4-オキソペンタン酸とヒドラジン一水和物を反応させることでカルボキシル基をもつアゾ系化合物を合成することができる。或いは、反応性基を有する気体発生部としては、市販品を適宜選択して用いても良い。
 また、反応性基とフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基又はオルガノポリシロキサン基とを有する化合物は、例えば、特許6137289号公報、ChemistrySelect,Volume:3,Issue:15,Pages:4129-4132,Journal,2018を参照して、スルホン酸クロリド基を有するナフトキノンジアジド化合物とアミノ基を持つオルガノポリシロキサン化合物を反応させることにより、オルガノポリシロキサン基とを有する化合物を合成することができる。また、Macromolecules,Volume:37,Issue:18,Pages:6673-6675,Journal,2004を参照して、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基を有するビニルエーテル基とカルボキシル基をもつアゾ系化合物を反応させることでフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基を有する化合物を合成することができる。或いは、反応性基とフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基又はオルガノポリシロキサン基とを有する化合物としては、市販品を適宜選択して用いても良い。
Examples of the gas generating part having a reactive group include Russian Journal of General Chemistry (2017), 87 (4), p. It is possible to synthesize by referring to 731-738 and the like. For example, by reacting an isothiocyanate derivative (RN = C = S, where R is an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) with sodium azide, a thiol group and R (which has 3 to 20 carbon atoms) are reacted. A tetrazole compound substituted with an aromatic group) can be synthesized. Further, a naphthoquinone diazide compound having a sulfonic acid chloride group can be synthesized with reference to JP-A-59-196860. Also, with reference to Shandong Huagong, Volume: 37, Issue: 3, Pages: 7-9, Journal, 2008, sodium cyanide, 4-oxopentanoic acid, and hydrazine monohydrate are reacted to form a carboxyl group. Azo-based compounds can be synthesized. Alternatively, a commercially available product may be appropriately selected and used as the gas generating unit having a reactive group.
Further, the compound having a reactive group and a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group is, for example, Patent No. 6137289, ChemistrySelect, Volume: 3, Issue: 15, Pages: 4129-4132, Journal, 2018. By reacting a naphthoquinone diazide compound having a sulfonic acid chloride group with an organopolysiloxane compound having an amino group, a compound having an organopolysiloxane group can be synthesized with reference to. Further, with reference to Macromolecules, Volume: 37, Issue: 18, Pages: 6673-6675, Journal, 2004, by reacting a vinyl ether group having a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group with an azo compound having a carboxyl group. Compounds having a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group can be synthesized. Alternatively, as the compound having a reactive group and a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an organopolysiloxane group, a commercially available product may be appropriately selected and used.
[気体発生剤の用途]
 本開示の気体発生剤は、前記特定の構造を有する気体発生部に、前記特定のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、前記特定のオルガノポリシロキサン基を有することから、表面に局在化しやすい。そのため、本開示の気体発生剤は、後述するように、高接着易剥離を目的とした粘着材料に適用し、易剥離性を向上するために好適に用いられる。
[Use of gas generator]
Since the gas generating agent of the present disclosure has the specific fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the specific organopolysiloxane group in the gas generating portion having the specific structure, it is easy to be localized on the surface. .. Therefore, as will be described later, the gas generating agent of the present disclosure is applied to an adhesive material for the purpose of high adhesiveness and easy peeling, and is suitably used for improving the easy peeling property.
B.粘着組成物
 本開示の1実施形態の粘着組成物は、粘着剤成分と、前記本開示の気体発生剤とを含有する。
 本開示の1実施形態の粘着組成物は、前記本開示の気体発生剤を含有することから、前述のような表面に局在化しやすい気体発生剤の作用により、粘着層表面での気体発生量が効率的に増加するため、粘着力が必要な使用時には良好な粘着力を有しながら、被着体から粘着層を剥離するような粘着力が不要になった際には、被着体からの易剥離性に優れた粘着層を形成可能である。
B. Adhesive Composition The adhesive composition of one embodiment of the present disclosure contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure.
Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of one embodiment of the present disclosure contains the gas-generating agent of the present disclosure, the amount of gas generated on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer due to the action of the gas-generating agent that easily localizes to the surface as described above. Efficiently increases, so that it has good adhesive strength when used when adhesive strength is required, but when the adhesive force that peels off the adhesive layer from the adherend becomes unnecessary, it is removed from the adherend. It is possible to form an adhesive layer having excellent peelability.
[粘着剤成分]
 粘着剤成分は特に限定されず、非光硬化型の粘着剤成分であっても、光硬化型の粘着剤成分であってもよい。
 粘着剤成分が非光硬化型の粘着剤成分である場合には、光を照射することにより前記本開示の気体発生剤から気体が発生し、発生した気体により剥離応力が発生し、また被着体との接着面積が減少して剥離する。
 粘着剤成分が光硬化型の粘着剤成分である場合には、光を照射することにより前記本開示の気体発生剤から気体が発生することによる被着体との接着面積が減少と、粘着剤成分が光硬化することによる粘着剤成分自体の粘着力の低下の相乗効果によって、剥離がより容易になる。そのため、粘着剤成分は光硬化型であることが好ましい。
[Adhesive component]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive component is not particularly limited, and may be a non-photocurable type pressure-sensitive adhesive component or a photo-curable type pressure-sensitive adhesive component.
When the pressure-sensitive adhesive component is a non-photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component, a gas is generated from the gas generating agent of the present disclosure by irradiating with light, and the generated gas generates a peeling stress and is adhered. The area of adhesion to the body decreases and peels off.
When the pressure-sensitive adhesive component is a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component, the area of adhesion to the adherend due to the generation of gas from the gas generating agent of the present disclosure by irradiating with light is reduced, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive is used. Peeling becomes easier due to the synergistic effect of reducing the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive component itself due to the photo-curing of the component. Therefore, the pressure-sensitive adhesive component is preferably a photocurable type.
 前記光硬化型の粘着剤成分としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、粘着剤を含有しつつ、光硬化性成分と、光開始剤とを含有するものが挙げられる。
 本開示の1実施形態の粘着組成物に用いられる光硬化型の粘着剤成分は、(i)粘着剤と、光硬化性多官能化合物と、光開始剤とを含有する組成物である場合、(ii)1分子中に2個以上の光硬化性官能基を有する粘着剤と、光開始剤とを含有する組成物である場合等が挙げられる。中でも、前記光硬化型の粘着剤成分は、(i)粘着剤と、光硬化性多官能化合物と、光開始剤とを含有する組成物であることが、粘着力を容易に調整しやすい点から好ましい。なお、前記(i)の場合において、粘着剤が光硬化性官能基を有していてもよい。
The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those containing a photocurable component and a photoinitiator while containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
When the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of one embodiment of the present disclosure is a composition containing (i) a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a photo-curable polyfunctional compound, and a photoinitiator. (Ii) A composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive having two or more photocurable functional groups in one molecule and a photoinitiator may be mentioned. Among them, the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive component is a composition containing (i) a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a photo-curable polyfunctional compound, and a photoinitiator, so that the adhesive strength can be easily adjusted. Is preferable. In the case of (i) above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive may have a photocurable functional group.
(粘着剤)
 粘着剤としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ゴム系粘着剤、アクリル系粘着剤、ビニルアルキルエーテル系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤、ポリアミド系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、スチレン・ジエンブロック共重合体系粘着剤等が挙げられる。
(Adhesive)
The adhesive is not particularly limited, and for example, a rubber adhesive, an acrylic adhesive, a vinyl alkyl ether adhesive, a silicone adhesive, a polyester adhesive, a polyamide adhesive, a urethane adhesive, and styrene. -Dienblock copolymerization system Adhesives and the like can be mentioned.
 粘着剤としては、中でも、光硬化性成分との相溶性および粘着力の調整の点から、アクリル系粘着剤と呼称される、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体であることが、好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体としては、アクリル系粘着剤として用いられる直鎖又は分岐アルキル基の炭素数が1以上20以下の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルモノマー由来の構成単位と必要に応じて他のモノマーとを共重合させた(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系共重合体を用いることが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体としては、中でも、直鎖又は分岐アルキル基の炭素数が1以上20以下の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルモノマー由来の構成単位と、架橋性基含有モノマー由来の構成単位とを有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系共重合体であることが好ましい。当該(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系共重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル重合体の分子内に導入された架橋性基を利用して、後述する熱架橋剤等との架橋が可能となり、粘着組成物の凝集力を向上させ、易剥離性及び所定環境下における耐久性とのバランスが良好な粘着層を得ることができる。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive is preferably a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer, which is called an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, from the viewpoint of compatibility with a photocurable component and adjustment of adhesive strength.
The (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer includes a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer having 1 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms in a linear or branched alkyl group used as an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, and if necessary. It is preferable to use a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based copolymer obtained by copolymerizing with another monomer.
Among the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymers, a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms and a crosslinkable group-containing monomer are derived. It is preferably a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based copolymer having a constituent unit. The (meth) acrylic acid ester-based copolymer can be crosslinked with a heat-crosslinking agent or the like, which will be described later, by utilizing the crosslinkable group introduced into the molecule of the (meth) acrylic acid ester polymer, and is adherent. It is possible to improve the cohesive force of the composition and obtain an adhesive layer having a good balance between easy peeling property and durability under a predetermined environment.
 直鎖又は分岐アルキル基の炭素数が1以上20以下の値である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルモノマーとしては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-へキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、n-オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ノニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソノニル(メタ)アクリレート、n-デシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソデシル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ドデシル(メタ)アクリレート、n-トリデシル(メタ)アクリレート、n-テトラデシル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ヘキサデシル(メタ)アクリレート、n-オクタデシル(メタ)アクリレート等の1種又は2種以上の組み合わせが挙げられる。中でも、被着体への濡れ性及び粘着性を発現させる点から、炭素数4~14の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましく、炭素数7~13の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが更に好ましい。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, and n. -Butyl (meth) acrylate, n-pentyl (meth) acrylate, n-hexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl ( Meta) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, n-decyl (meth) acrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, n-dodecyl (meth) acrylate, n-tridecyl (meth) acrylate, n-tetradecyl (meth) acrylate, n- Examples thereof include one type or a combination of two or more types such as hexadecyl (meth) acrylate and n-octadecyl (meth) acrylate. Of these, a linear or (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a branched alkyl group having 4 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear chain having 7 to 13 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting wettability and adhesiveness to an adherend. Alternatively, a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a branched alkyl group is more preferable.
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体に用いられる架橋性基含有モノマーの架橋性基としては、例えば、水酸基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられる。
 重合体の重合時及び保存時の安定性の点から、水酸基、エポキシ基、カルボキシ基、及びアミノ基からなる群から選択される1種以上を含有するモノマー由来の構成単位を含むことが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むことが、安定性が高く、熱架橋剤の反応性に優れる点から好ましい。
Examples of the crosslinkable group of the crosslinkable group-containing monomer used in the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer include a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, a carboxy group, and an amino group.
From the viewpoint of stability during polymerization and storage of the polymer, it is preferable to include a structural unit derived from a monomer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. It is preferable to include a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer from the viewpoint of high stability and excellent reactivity of the thermal cross-linking agent.
 水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンモノ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 エポキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 イソシアネート基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネートやそれらのアルキレンオキサイド付加物等が挙げられる。
 アミノ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、エチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit derived from the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and glycerin mono (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit derived from the epoxy group-containing monomer include glycidyl (meth) acrylate and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit derived from the isocyanate group-containing monomer include 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate and alkylene oxide adducts thereof.
Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit derived from an amino group-containing monomer include ethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the monomer for inducing a constituent unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone mono (meth) acrylate and the like.
 また、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体としては、更に、側鎖に光硬化性官能基を有するものであってもよい。
 光硬化性官能基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有することが好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等が好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体の側鎖に光硬化性官能基を導入する方法としては、従来公知の製造方法を適宜選択して用いればよい。
 例えば、カルボキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたり、イソシアネート基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体にヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたり、水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体に2-イソシアナトエチル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたりして、光硬化性官能基を付加することができる。
Further, the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer may further have a photocurable functional group in the side chain.
As the photocurable functional group, it is preferable to have an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group and the like are preferable.
As a method for introducing a photocurable functional group into the side chain of the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer, a conventionally known production method may be appropriately selected and used.
For example, a glycidyl (meth) acrylate may be reacted with a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer having a carboxy group, or a hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate may be reacted with a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer having an isocyanate group. A photocurable functional group can be added by reacting a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer having a hydroxyl group with 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate.
 また、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体としては、アクリル系粘着剤として機能する範囲内でその他のモノマー由来の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
 その他のモノマーとしては、例えば、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、アダマンチルメタクリレート等の剛直性のあるモノマー等を用いることができる。
Further, the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer may contain a structural unit derived from other monomers as long as it functions as an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
As the other monomer, for example, a rigid monomer such as cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, adamantyl methacrylate and the like can be used.
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルモノマーは、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体を構成する主成分であるため、通常、全モノマー成分(100質量%)に対して、その含有量を、50質量%以上とすることが好ましい。
 中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルモノマーの含有量は、全モノマー成分に対して、例えば、50質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であってもよく、80質量%以上であってもよく、90質量%以上であってもよい。一方、当該(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルモノマーの含有量は、全モノマー成分に対して、例えば、99.5質量%以下であり、99質量%以下であってもよく、98質量%以下であってもよい。
Since the (meth) acrylic acid ester monomer is the main component constituting the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer, the content thereof is usually 50% by mass or more with respect to the total monomer component (100% by mass). Is preferable.
Above all, the content of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer may be, for example, 50% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, or 80% by mass or more with respect to all the monomer components. , 90% by mass or more. On the other hand, the content of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester monomer is, for example, 99.5% by mass or less, 99% by mass or less, and 98% by mass or less with respect to all the monomer components. You may.
 架橋性基含有モノマーの含有量は、粘着力と剥離力のバランスの点から適宜選択されればよいが、全モノマー成分に対して、例えば0.5質量%以上であり、1質量%以上であってもよく、2質量%以上であってもよい。一方、当該架橋性基含有モノマーの含有量は、全モノマー成分に対して、例えば15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であってもよく、10質量%以下であってもよい。 The content of the crosslinkable group-containing monomer may be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of the balance between the adhesive force and the peeling force, but is, for example, 0.5% by mass or more and 1% by mass or more with respect to all the monomer components. It may be present, and may be 2% by mass or more. On the other hand, the content of the crosslinkable group-containing monomer may be, for example, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, or 10% by mass or less with respect to all the monomer components.
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体におけるその他のモノマーの含有量は、粘着力と剥離力のバランスの点、付与したい性能から適宜選択されればよいが、例えば、0質量%以上49.5質量%以下が挙げられ、39質量%以下であってもよく、18質量%以下であってもよい。 The content of other monomers in the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer may be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of the balance between the adhesive force and the peeling force and the performance to be imparted, and is, for example, 0% by mass or more and 49.5% by mass. % Or less, and may be 39% by mass or less, or 18% by mass or less.
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体の質量平均分子量は、粘着力と剥離力を良好にする点から、好ましくは10万~500万であり、より好ましくは20万~400万であり、さらに好ましくは30万~300万であり、よりさらに好ましくは40万~100万である。質量平均分子量が10万より小さい場合は、凝集力が小さくなる可能性があり、剥離した後の被着体表面に糊残りが生じたり、粘着性の効果が得られないおそれがある。また、質量平均分子量が500万を超えると、粘着層を剥離した後の被着体表面の濡れ性が不十分となる場合がある。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体の質量平均分子量は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求めることができる。
The mass average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer is preferably 100,000 to 5 million, more preferably 200,000 to 4 million, and even more preferably, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesive force and the peeling force. Is 300,000 to 3 million, and even more preferably 400,000 to 1 million. If the mass average molecular weight is less than 100,000, the cohesive force may be small, and there is a possibility that adhesive residue may be generated on the surface of the adherend after peeling, or the adhesive effect may not be obtained. Further, if the mass average molecular weight exceeds 5 million, the wettability of the surface of the adherend after peeling off the adhesive layer may be insufficient.
The mass average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic acid ester polymer can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) as a standard polystyrene-equivalent value.
 なお、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体としては、市販品のアクリル系粘着剤を用いてもよく、例えば、SKダイン2971(綜研化学製)、SKダイン2975(綜研化学製)、SKダイン1811L(綜研化学製)、SKダイン2950(綜研化学製)、SKダイン2094(綜研化学製)、オリバインEG-654(トーヨーケム製)等を好適に用いることができる。 As the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer, a commercially available acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive may be used, for example, SK Dyne 2971 (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.), SK Dyne 2975 (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.), SK Dyne 1811L. (Soken Chemical), SK Dyne 2950 (Soken Chemical), SK Dyne 2094 (Soken Chemical), Oliveine EG-654 (Toyochem) and the like can be preferably used.
 粘着剤は、1種又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。
 粘着剤の含有量は、粘着力の効果の点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば、20質量%以上であってよく、30質量%以上であってもよい。また、前記粘着剤の含有量は、粘着層の再剥離の点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば、80質量%以下であってよく、70質量%以下であってもよい。
 なお、本明細書において固形分とは、溶剤以外のすべての成分を意味する。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be, for example, 20% by mass or more, or 30% by mass or more, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, from the viewpoint of the effect of adhesive strength. Further, the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be, for example, 80% by mass or less, or 70% by mass or less, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of re-peeling of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
In addition, in this specification, a solid content means all components other than a solvent.
(光硬化性多官能化合物)
 光硬化性成分として、光硬化性多官能化合物を含有することが好ましい。光硬化性多官能化合物は、光硬化性基を1分子中2個以上含有するモノマー、オリゴマー、ポリマーである。
 光硬化性多官能化合物を含有することにより、三次元架橋化することができ、更に、前記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体が光硬化性を有する場合には、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体と反応して、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体を高分子量化したり、三次元架橋化することができる。
 光硬化性成分を含有することにより、粘着層を形成した場合の基材密着性、凝集性等を所望範囲に容易に制御することができる。
(Photocurable polyfunctional compound)
As the photocurable component, it is preferable to contain a photocurable polyfunctional compound. The photocurable polyfunctional compound is a monomer, an oligomer, or a polymer containing two or more photocurable groups in one molecule.
By containing a photocurable polyfunctional compound, it can be three-dimensionally crosslinked, and further, when the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer has photocurability, it is a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer. By reacting with the polymer, the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer can be polymerized or three-dimensionally crosslinked.
By containing the photocurable component, it is possible to easily control the adhesion to the substrate, the cohesiveness, etc. when the adhesive layer is formed within a desired range.
 光硬化性多官能化合物としては、例えば、1,4-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールアジペートのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシピバリン酸ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニルジ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ジシクロペンテニルジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキシド変性リン酸ジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジ(メタ)アクリロキシエチルイソシアヌレート、アリル化シクロヘキシルジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチロールジシクロペンタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性ヘキサヒドロフタル酸ジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコール変性トリメチロールプロパンジ(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、9,9-ビス[4-(2-アクリロイルオキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレンなどの2官能型多官能(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキサイド変性トリアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピオン酸変性ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキシド変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス(メタ)アクリロキシエチルイソシアヌレートなどの3官能型多官能(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、ジグリセリンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレートなどの4官能型、例えば、プロピオン酸変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートなどの5官能型多官能(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートなどの6官能型多官能(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、また、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートと称される分子内に数個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する分子量が数百から数千のオリゴマーを好ましく使用できる。 Examples of the photocurable polyfunctional compound include 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and polyethylene glycol di (meth). Acrylate, di (meth) acrylate of neopentyl glycol adipate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate of hydroxypivalate, dicyclopentanyldi (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified dicyclopentenyldi (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified phosphoric acid Di (meth) acrylate, di (meth) acryloxyethyl isocyanurate, allylated cyclohexyl di (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate, dimethylol dicyclopentane di (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide modification Hexahydrophthalic acid di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol-modified trimethylol propandi (meth) acrylate, adamantandi (meth) acrylate, 9,9-bis [4- (2-acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, etc. Bifunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified triacrylate, trimethylolpropanetri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, propionic acid-modified dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Trifunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomers such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified trimethylol propanetri (meth) acrylate, tris (meth) acryloxyethyl isocyanurate, and diglycerin tetra (meth) acrylate. , A tetrafunctional type such as pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, for example, a pentafunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer such as propionic acid-modified dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, In a hexafunctional polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer such as caprolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and in molecules called urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, and epoxy (meth) acrylate. Oligos with hundreds to thousands of molecular weights with several (meth) acryloyl groups Mar can be preferably used.
 光硬化性多官能化合物としては、中でも、粘着力と剥離力のバランスの点から、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートと称される分子内に数個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する分子量が数百から数千のオリゴマーを用いることが好ましい。 Among the photocurable polyfunctional compounds, there are several (in the molecules called urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, and epoxy (meth) acrylate from the viewpoint of the balance between adhesive force and peeling force. Meta) It is preferable to use an oligomer having an acryloyl group and having a molecular weight of several hundreds to several thousand.
 光硬化性多官能化合物は、1種又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。
 光硬化性多官能化合物を用いる場合の光硬化性多官能化合物の含有量は、前記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体等の粘着剤100質量部に対して、例えば、10質量部以上であってよく、20質量部以上であってもよく、50質量以上であってもよく、一方で、300質量部以下であってよく、200質量部以下であってもよく、150質量部以下であってもよい。
 光硬化性多官能化合物の含有量が少なすぎると、添加効果が発現しない場合がある。一方、光硬化性多官能化合物の含有量が多すぎると、粘着組成物の保存安定性、基材密着性、粘着性、又は剥離性等の特性が著しく低下する場合がある。
The photocurable polyfunctional compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photocurable polyfunctional compound is used, the content of the photocurable polyfunctional compound is, for example, 10 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive such as the (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer. It may be 20 parts by mass or more, 50 parts by mass or more, while it may be 300 parts by mass or less, 200 parts by mass or less, and 150 parts by mass or less. You may.
If the content of the photocurable polyfunctional compound is too small, the addition effect may not be exhibited. On the other hand, if the content of the photocurable polyfunctional compound is too large, the properties such as storage stability, substrate adhesion, tackiness, and peelability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be significantly deteriorated.
 前記粘着剤と光硬化性多官能化合物の合計含有量は、光照射後の剥離力のバランスの点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば、10質量%以上であってよく、20質量%以上であってもよい。また、前記粘着剤と光硬化性多官能化合物の合計含有量は、粘着力および被着体への汚染の抑制の点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば、70質量%以下であってよく、60質量%以下であってもよい。 The total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the photocurable polyfunctional compound may be, for example, 10% by mass or more with respect to the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of the balance of the peeling force after light irradiation. It may be mass% or more. The total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the photocurable polyfunctional compound is, for example, 70% by mass or less with respect to the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of adhesive strength and suppression of contamination of the adherend. It may be present, and may be 60% by mass or less.
(光開始剤)
 光開始剤としては、紫外線等の光を所定量照射した場合に、ラジカル発生可能な化合物であれば使用可能であるが、例えば、ベンソイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾイン-n-ブチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、アセトフェノン、ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノ-プロパン-1-オン、4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル-2-(ヒドロキシ-2-プロピル)ケトン、ベンゾフェノン、p-フェニルベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、ジクロロベンゾフェノン、2-メチルアントラキノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、2-ターシャリ-ブチルアントラキノン、2-アミノアントラキノン、2-メチルチオキサントン、2-エチルチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、アセトフェノンジメチルケタール、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エステル、オリゴ[2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン]、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-フォスフィンオキサイド等が挙げられる。
 中でも、塗膜の内部まで硬化し耐久性が向上するため、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系開始剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系開始剤、α-ヒドロキシケトン系開始剤、及びオキシムエステル系開始剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 光開始剤は、1種又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Light initiator)
As the photoinitiator, any compound that can generate radicals when irradiated with a predetermined amount of light such as ultraviolet rays can be used. For example, benzoine, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin- n-butyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, acetophenone, dimethylaminoacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1 -On, 1-Hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propane-1-one, 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl-2- (hydroxy-) 2-propyl) ketone, benzophenone, p-phenylbenzophenone, 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone, dichlorobenzophenone, 2-methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-tershary-butylanthraquinone, 2-aminoanthraquinone, 2-methylthioxanthone. , 2-Ethylthioxanthone, 2-Chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, benzyldimethylketal, acetophenonedimethylketal, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ester, oligo [2-hydroxy-2-methyl -1 [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone], 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide and the like can be mentioned.
Among them, a group consisting of an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator, an α-aminoalkylphenone-based initiator, an α-hydroxyketone-based initiator, and an oxime ester-based initiator in order to cure to the inside of the coating film and improve durability. At least one selected from is preferred.
The photoinitiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 光開始剤の含有量は、粘着組成物を十分に硬化させる点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば、0.5質量%以上であってよく、1.0質量%以上であってもよい。また、光開始剤の含有量は、粘着力と剥離力のバランスの点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば、10.0質量%以下であってよく、5.0質量%以下であってもよい。 The content of the photoinitiator may be, for example, 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0% by mass or more, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, from the viewpoint of sufficiently curing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. You may. Further, the content of the photoinitiator may be, for example, 10.0% by mass or less and 5.0% by mass or less with respect to the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of the balance between the adhesive force and the peeling force. May be.
 (熱架橋剤)
 本開示の粘着組成物には、更に、熱架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。熱架橋剤とは、熱の作用で架橋反応を進行させる化合物をいう。
 本開示の粘着組成物に熱架橋剤を含有することにより、前記粘着剤に含まれる架橋性基と反応させて、膜形成後に粘着組成物自身の流動性をなくしたり、光照射前の粘着力乃至剥離力を調整することができる。
(Thermal crosslinker)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure preferably further contains a thermal cross-linking agent. The thermal cross-linking agent refers to a compound that promotes a cross-linking reaction by the action of heat.
By containing a heat-crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure, the pressure-linking agent is reacted with the cross-linking group contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive to eliminate the fluidity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition itself after film formation, or the pressure-sensitive adhesive force before light irradiation. The peeling force can be adjusted.
 熱架橋剤としては、例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、メラミン系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、および金属キレート系架橋剤などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、本開示の効果を良好に発現しやすい点で、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤が好ましい。 Examples of the thermal cross-linking agent include isocyanate-based cross-linking agents, epoxy-based cross-linking agents, melamine-based cross-linking agents, aziridine-based cross-linking agents, and metal chelate-based cross-linking agents. Among these, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents and epoxy-based cross-linking agents are preferable because the effects of the present disclosure can be easily exhibited.
 イソシアネート系架橋剤としては、例えば、ブチレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートなどの低級脂肪族ポリイソシアネート類、シクロペンチレンジイソシアネート、シクロへキシレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネートなどの脂環族イソシアネート類、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネートなどの芳香族イソシアネート類、トリメチロールプロパン/トリレンジイソシアネート3量体付加物(商品名「コロネートL」日本ポリウレタン工業製)、トリメチロールプロパン/へキサメチレンジイソシアネート3量体付加物(商品名「コロネートHL」日本ポリウレタン工業製)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートのイソシアヌレート体(商品名「コロネートHX」日本ポリウレタン工業製)などのイソシアネート付加物などが挙げられる。 Examples of the isocyanate-based cross-linking agent include lower aliphatic polyisocyanates such as butylene diisocyanate and hexamethylene diisocyanate, alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate, and 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate. Aromatic isocyanates such as isocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, trimethylol propane / tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (trade name "Coronate L" manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), trimethylol propane / to Examples thereof include isocyanate adducts such as xamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (trade name "Coronate HL" manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.) and isocyanurates of hexamethylene diisocyanate (trade name "Coronate HX" manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.).
 エポキシ系架橋剤としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA、エピクロルヒドリン型のエポキシ系樹脂、エチレングリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリントリグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパントリグリシジルエーテル、ジグリシジルアニリン、ジアミングリシジルアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン(商品名「TETRAD-X」三菱瓦斯化学製)、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロへキサン(商品名「TETRAD-C」三菱瓦斯化学製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the epoxy-based cross-linking agent include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin-type epoxy-based resin, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, and trimethylol. Propanetriglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamineglycidylamine, N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine (trade name "TETRAD-X" manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemicals), 1,3-bis ( N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane (trade name "TETRAD-C" manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemicals) and the like can be mentioned.
 熱架橋剤は、1種又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。
 熱架橋剤の含有量は、粘着力と剥離力のバランスにより適宜調整されればよいが、上記効果を得る点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば1.0質量%以上であってよく、2.0質量%以上であってもよい。また、熱架橋剤の含有量は、エネルギー照射前の粘着性の点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば10.0質量%以下であってよく、8.0質量%以下であってもよい。
The heat cross-linking agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the heat-crosslinking agent may be appropriately adjusted depending on the balance between the adhesive force and the peeling force, but is, for example, 1.0% by mass or more with respect to the solid content of the adhesive composition from the viewpoint of obtaining the above effects. It may be 2.0% by mass or more. Further, the content of the heat-crosslinking agent may be, for example, 10.0% by mass or less, and 8.0% by mass or less, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of adhesiveness before energy irradiation. You may.
[本開示の気体発生剤]
 本開示の粘着組成物は、前記本開示の気体発生剤を含有する。
 本開示の気体発生剤は、粘着材料の表面に局在化しやすいことから、粘着組成物中の気体発生剤の含有量を多くしなくても、粘着材料表面での気体発生量を効率的に増加することができるので、粘着材料の粘着力の低下や白濁を抑制しやすい。
[Gas generator of the present disclosure]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure contains the gas generating agent of the present disclosure.
Since the gas generating agent of the present disclosure is easily localized on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive material, the amount of gas generated on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive material can be efficiently increased without increasing the content of the gas-generating agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Since it can be increased, it is easy to suppress a decrease in the adhesive strength of the adhesive material and white turbidity.
 前記本開示の気体発生剤の含有量は、剥離時の剥離力を効果的に低下させる点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば、2質量%以上であってよく、3質量%以上であってもよい。また、前記本開示の気体発生剤の含有量は、粘着材料の粘着力の低下や白濁を抑制する点から、粘着組成物の固形分に対して、例えば、40質量%以下であってよく、30質量%以下であってもよい。
 粘着材料の白濁を抑制でき、透明性が高いと、例えば、粘着層を介してカメラ等による精密な外観欠陥確認等を行うこともでき、粘着層を工程用再剥離型の粘着シートにも好適に用いることができるなど、用途が広がる。
The content of the gas generating agent of the present disclosure may be, for example, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass, based on the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, from the viewpoint of effectively reducing the peeling force at the time of peeling. It may be the above. Further, the content of the gas generating agent of the present disclosure may be, for example, 40% by mass or less with respect to the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the pressure-sensitive adhesive force and white turbidity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive material. It may be 30% by mass or less.
If the white turbidity of the adhesive material can be suppressed and the transparency is high, for example, precise appearance defects can be confirmed by a camera or the like via the adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is also suitable for a process-removable adhesive sheet. It can be used for a wide range of purposes.
[溶剤]
 本開示の粘着組成物は、更に、溶剤を含有してもよい。溶剤を含有することにより、基材等に対する塗布性や配合成分の混合性を向上させることができる。
 溶剤は、組成物中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解乃至分散可能な溶剤の中から、適宜選択して用いることができる。溶剤としては、例えば、エステル類、芳香族炭化水素、ケトン類、エーテル類が挙げられる。
 より具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体等に対する溶解性が良好であって、取り扱いが容易なことから、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸i-ブチル、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、アセトン、シクロヘキサン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルエチルケトン、テトラヒドロフラン等の1種又は2種以上の組み合わせが挙げられる。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure may further contain a solvent. By containing the solvent, it is possible to improve the applicability to the base material and the like and the mixability of the compounding components.
The solvent does not react with each component in the composition, and can be appropriately selected and used from the solvents capable of dissolving or dispersing them. Examples of the solvent include esters, aromatic hydrocarbons, ketones and ethers.
More specifically, since it has good solubility in (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymers and is easy to handle, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, benzene, etc. Examples thereof include one or a combination of two or more of toluene, xylene, acetone, cyclohexane, cyclohexanone, methylethylketone, tetrahydrofuran and the like.
 また、溶剤の含有量は、基材等に対する塗布性や配合成分の混合性の点から適宜調整されればよいが、溶剤を含めた粘着組成物の全体量(100質量%)に対して、例えば5質量%以上40質量%以下が挙げられる。 Further, the content of the solvent may be appropriately adjusted from the viewpoint of applicability to the base material and the like and the mixing property of the compounding components, but with respect to the total amount (100% by mass) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition including the solvent. For example, 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less can be mentioned.
[任意添加成分]
 本開示の粘着組成物には、本開示の目的が損なわれない範囲で、必要に応じて更に各種添加剤を含むものであってよい。
 各種添加剤としては、例えば架橋促進剤、酸化防止剤、安定剤、粘度調整剤、粘着付与樹脂、有機又は無機質充填剤などが挙げられる。
 架橋促進剤としては、例えば、トリエチルアミン系、ナフテン酸コバルト系、スズ系、亜鉛系、チタン系、ジルコニウム系などのものが挙げられる。架橋剤がイソシアネート系架橋剤の場合、特にアルコキシドやアシレート、錯体などの亜鉛系、チタン系及びジルコニウム系促進剤や、塩化第一スズ、テトラ-n-ブチルスズ、塩化第二スズ、トリメチルスズヒドロキシド、ジメチル2塩化スズ、ジ-n-ブチルスズジラウレートなどのスズ系促進剤を使用するのが好ましい。
 また、酸化防止剤としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤などが挙げられる。
[Arbitrary additive component]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure may further contain various additives, if necessary, as long as the object of the present disclosure is not impaired.
Examples of various additives include cross-linking accelerators, antioxidants, stabilizers, viscosity modifiers, tackifier resins, organic or inorganic fillers and the like.
Examples of the cross-linking accelerator include those of triethylamine type, cobalt naphthenate type, tin type, zinc type, titanium type and zirconium type. When the cross-linking agent is an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, zinc-based, titanium-based and zirconium-based accelerators such as alkoxides, acylates and complexes, and stannous chloride, tetra-n-butyltin, stannic chloride and trimethyltin hydroxide are used. , Dimethylditin chloride, di-n-butyltin dilaurate and other tin-based accelerators are preferably used.
Further, examples of the antioxidant include a phenolic antioxidant and the like.
[粘着組成物の製造]
 粘着組成物の製造方法は、特に限定されない。
 粘着組成物は、前述した各成分、さらに必要に応じて添加される各種添加剤を任意の順序で添加し、溶解又は分散させることにより得ることができる。前記各成分の混合は、例えば、ディゾルバー、プラネタリーミキサー、バタフライミキサー等の混合機あるいは混練機を用いて行うことができる。
[Manufacturing of adhesive composition]
The method for producing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is not particularly limited.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be obtained by adding, dissolving or dispersing each of the above-mentioned components and various additives added as needed in any order. The mixing of each component can be carried out using, for example, a mixer such as a dissolver, a planetary mixer, a butterfly mixer, or a kneader.
[粘着組成物の用途]
 本開示の粘着組成物の用途は、特に限定されないが、後述する粘着シートの粘着層に好適に用いることができ、後述する粘着シートに記載した用途に好適に用いることができる。
 その他にも、本開示の粘着組成物は、シート状にしない粘着材料にも用いることができ、例えば、仮止め接着剤等に適用することもできる。
[Use of adhesive composition]
The use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but it can be suitably used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet described later, and can be suitably used for the use described for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet described later.
In addition, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure can be used for a pressure-sensitive adhesive material that is not in the form of a sheet, and can be applied to, for example, a temporary fixing adhesive or the like.
C.粘着シート
 本開示の1実施形態の粘着シートは、粘着層と、前記粘着層の一方の面に基材又は離型シートを備え、
 前記粘着層は、粘着剤成分と前記本開示の気体発生剤とを含有する粘着組成物又はその硬化物であり、当該粘着層は、光照射により初期粘着力から粘着力が低下する特性を有する、粘着シートである。
C. Adhesive Sheet The adhesive sheet of one embodiment of the present disclosure comprises an adhesive layer and a base material or a release sheet on one surface of the adhesive layer.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a cured product thereof containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a property that the pressure-sensitive adhesive force is reduced from the initial adhesive force by light irradiation. , Adhesive sheet.
 図1及び図2に、本開示の粘着シートの一例の模式断面図を示す。
 図1における本開示の粘着シート10は、粘着層1と、前記粘着層1の一方の面に配置された基材又は離型シート2とを備える。
 図2における本開示の粘着シート10は、粘着層1と、前記粘着層1の一方の面に配置された基材又は離型シート2と、前記粘着層1の前記基材又は離型シート2側とは反対側の面に配置された、離型シート3とを備える。本開示の粘着シートは、その取り扱いの容易化を図るため、被着体と貼り合わされるまでは、粘着層の前記基材又は離型シート2側とは反対側の面に、離型シートを貼り合せておいてよい。
1 and 2 show schematic cross-sectional views of an example of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 10 of the present disclosure in FIG. 1 includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1 and a base material or a release sheet 2 arranged on one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 10 of the present disclosure in FIG. 2 includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1, a base material or a mold release sheet 2 arranged on one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1, and the base material or a mold-release sheet 2 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1. It is provided with a mold release sheet 3 arranged on a surface opposite to the side. In order to facilitate the handling of the adhesive sheet of the present disclosure, the release sheet is placed on the surface of the adhesive layer opposite to the base material or the release sheet 2 side until it is attached to the adherend. You may stick them together.
[粘着層]
 本開示の粘着シートにおける粘着層は、粘着剤成分と前記本開示の気体発生剤とを含有する粘着組成物又はその硬化物である。
 粘着剤成分と前記本開示の気体発生剤とを含有する粘着組成物は、前記本開示の粘着組成物と同様であってよいので、ここでの説明を省略する。
 粘着組成物が硬化型の粘着剤成分を含む場合、本開示の粘着シートにおける粘着層は、粘着組成物の硬化物であってよい。
[Adhesive layer]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure, or a cured product thereof.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure may be the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present disclosure, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a curable pressure-sensitive adhesive component, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure may be a cured product of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
 粘着層の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。粘着層の膜厚は、粘着層の再剥離性の点から、例えば100μm以下が挙げられ、90μm以下であってもよく、80μm以下であってもよい。一方で粘着層の膜厚は、粘着力発現の点から、例えば10μm以上が挙げられ、20μm以上であってもよく、40μm以上であってもよい。 The film thickness of the adhesive layer can be adjusted as appropriate according to the purpose. The film thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 100 μm or less, and may be 90 μm or less, or 80 μm or less, from the viewpoint of removability of the adhesive layer. On the other hand, the film thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 10 μm or more, and may be 20 μm or more, or 40 μm or more, from the viewpoint of developing adhesive force.
 前記粘着層は、光照射前の初期粘着力として、ガラス板(商品名:無アルカリガラス OA‐11、 日本電気硝子製)に対する剥離速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度での剥離力が、0.1N/25mm以上であってよく、0.2N/25mm以上であってもよい。一方で、前記剥離角度180度での剥離力は、30N/25mm以下であってもよく、20N/25mm以下であってもよい。
 また、前記粘着層は、光照射後の粘着力として、ガラス板(商品名:無アルカリガラス OA‐11、日本電気硝子製)に対する剥離速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度での剥離力が、0N/25mm以上であってよく、0.01N/25mm以上であってもよい。一方で、前記剥離角度180度での剥離力は1N/25mm以下であってもよく、0.1N/25mm以下であってもよい。光照射量は適宜選択されればよいが、例えば、露光量3000mJ/cmで紫外線(UV)照射を行った後の粘着力を光照射後の粘着力の1つの指標とすることができる。
 なお、一般に、剥離速度が大きくなればなるほど、剥離力は大きくなる。
The adhesive layer has an initial adhesive force before light irradiation, which is 0 for a glass plate (trade name: non-alkali glass OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass) at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees. It may be 1 N / 25 mm or more, and may be 0.2 N / 25 mm or more. On the other hand, the peeling force at the peeling angle of 180 degrees may be 30 N / 25 mm or less, or 20 N / 25 mm or less.
In addition, the adhesive layer has an adhesive force after light irradiation, which is a peeling force of 300 mm / min for a glass plate (trade name: non-alkali glass OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass) at a peeling angle of 180 degrees. It may be 0N / 25mm or more, and may be 0.01N / 25mm or more. On the other hand, the peeling force at the peeling angle of 180 degrees may be 1 N / 25 mm or less, or 0.1 N / 25 mm or less. The light irradiation amount may be appropriately selected, and for example, the adhesive force after irradiation with ultraviolet rays (UV) at an exposure amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 can be used as one index of the adhesive force after light irradiation.
In general, the higher the peeling speed, the higher the peeling force.
 前記粘着層は、光照射前の状態で、全光線透過率が80%以上であることが好ましく、更に90%以上であることが好ましい。また、前記粘着層は、光照射前の状態で、ヘイズが1.5%以下であることが好ましく、更に1.0%以下であることが好ましい。ここで本開示の全光線透過率は、JIS K7361-1に準拠して測定することができ、例えば、ヘイズメーター(例えば村上色彩技術研究所製 HM150)により測定することができる。また、ヘイズ値は、JIS K-7136に準拠した方法で測定することができ、例えばヘイズメーター(例えば村上色彩技術研究所製 HM150)により測定することができる。
 このような範囲であれば、粘着層としての透明性が良好であり、粘着シートを付着したまま、被着体について、カメラ等による精密な確認や検査等を行うことができる。
The total light transmittance of the adhesive layer is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more in the state before light irradiation. Further, the adhesive layer preferably has a haze of 1.5% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, in a state before light irradiation. Here, the total light transmittance of the present disclosure can be measured according to JIS K7361-1, and can be measured by, for example, a haze meter (for example, HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory). Further, the haze value can be measured by a method conforming to JIS K-7136, and can be measured by, for example, a haze meter (for example, HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute).
Within such a range, the transparency of the adhesive layer is good, and the adherend can be precisely checked and inspected by a camera or the like with the adhesive sheet attached.
 前記粘着層に、粘着剤成分と前記本開示の気体発生剤が含まれることは、粘着層から材料を採取し分析することで確認することができる。分析方法としては、LC-MSが好適に挙げられ、その他にも、LC分取、GPC分取、NMR、IR、GC-MS、XPS、TOF-SIMSおよびこれらを組み合わせた方法を適用することができる。 It can be confirmed by collecting and analyzing the material from the adhesive layer that the adhesive layer contains the adhesive component and the gas generating agent of the present disclosure. As the analysis method, LC-MS is preferably mentioned, and in addition, LC fractionation, GPC fractionation, NMR, IR, GC-MS, XPS, TOF-SIMS and a combination method thereof can be applied. can.
[基材]
 本開示の粘着シートに用いられる基材は、適宜選択して用いられれば良く、特に限定されない。粘着シートの基材側から光を照射することにより、粘着層の初期粘着力から粘着力を低下させることが好ましいことから、透明な基材を用いることが好ましい。
 本開示の粘着シートに用いられる基材は、全光線透過率が80%以上であることが好ましく、更に90%以上であることが好ましい。また、本開示の粘着シートに用いられる基材は、ヘイズが1.5%以下であることが好ましく、更に1.0%以下であることが好ましい。
[Base material]
The base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure may be appropriately selected and used, and is not particularly limited. Since it is preferable to reduce the adhesive force from the initial adhesive force of the adhesive layer by irradiating light from the substrate side of the adhesive sheet, it is preferable to use a transparent substrate.
The base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure preferably has a total light transmittance of 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. Further, the base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure preferably has a haze of 1.5% or less, and more preferably 1.0% or less.
 本開示の粘着シートに用いられる基材は、耐熱性を有するものが好ましく、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル樹脂の他、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエーテルイミド樹脂、ポリエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリフェニレンサルファイド樹脂、ポリアクリレート樹脂、ポリエステルエーテル樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリメチルメタクリレート樹脂、フッ素樹脂等からなるフィルムが挙げられる。経済性と性能の面から特に好ましい基材としてはポリエチレンテレフタレートが挙げられる。 The base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure is preferably one having heat resistance, and for example, in addition to polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, and polybutylene terephthalate, polyimide resin, polycarbonate resin, polystyrene resin, and polyamide resin. , Polyetherimide resin, polyetherketone resin, polyphenylene sulfide resin, polyacrylate resin, polyester ether resin, polyamideimide resin, polymethylmethacrylate resin, fluororesin and the like. Polyethylene terephthalate is a particularly preferable base material in terms of economy and performance.
 基材は、単層構造を有していてもよく、複層構造を有していてもよい。
 また、基材は、前記粘着層との密着性を高めるため、粘着層が配置される面に表面処理が施されていてもよい。
The base material may have a single-layer structure or may have a multi-layer structure.
Further, the base material may be surface-treated on the surface on which the adhesive layer is arranged in order to enhance the adhesion to the adhesive layer.
 基材の膜厚は、粘着シートの用途に合わせて適宜選択されればよく、特に限定されない。基材の膜厚は、例えば必要な強度で支持することが可能な厚さであればよく、従来から基材フィルムとして用いられているものの厚さ、例えば10~200μm程度の膜厚が好適に用いられる。 The film thickness of the base material may be appropriately selected according to the use of the adhesive sheet, and is not particularly limited. The film thickness of the base material may be, for example, a thickness that can be supported with the required strength, and the thickness of what has been conventionally used as a base film, for example, a film thickness of about 10 to 200 μm is preferable. Used.
[離型シート]
 離型シートは、粘着層から剥離可能であれば特に限定されず、粘着層を保護することが可能な程度の強度を有することができる。このような離型シートとしては、例えば、離型フィルム、剥離紙等を挙げることができる。また、離型シートは、公知の何れのものも使用することができ、単層構造を有していてもよく、複層構造を有していてもよい。
[Release sheet]
The release sheet is not particularly limited as long as it can be peeled off from the adhesive layer, and can have enough strength to protect the adhesive layer. Examples of such a release sheet include a release film, a release paper, and the like. Further, any known release sheet can be used, and it may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure.
 単層構造の離型シートとしては、例えば、離型PETフィルム、フッ素樹脂系フィルム等が挙げられる。
 また、複層構造の離型シートとしては、例えば、基材層の片面または両面に離型層を有する積層体が挙げられる。基材層としては、例えば、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等の樹脂フィルムや、上質紙、コート紙、含浸紙等の紙が挙げられる。離型層の材料としては、離型性を有する材料であれば特に限定されず、例えば、シリコーン化合物、有機化合物変性シリコーン化合物、フッ素化合物、アミノアルキド化合物、メラミン化合物、アクリル化合物、ポリエステル化合物、長鎖アルキル化合物等が挙げられる。これらの化合物は、エマルジョン型、溶剤型または無溶剤型のいずれもが使用できる。
 離型シートの厚みは、例えば15~200μm程度にすることができる。
Examples of the release sheet having a single-layer structure include a release PET film, a fluororesin-based film, and the like.
Further, as the release sheet having a multi-layer structure, for example, a laminated body having a release layer on one side or both sides of the base material layer can be mentioned. Examples of the base material layer include resin films such as polypropylene, polyethylene and polyethylene terephthalate, and papers such as high-quality paper, coated paper and impregnated paper. The material of the release layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a material having releasability, and for example, a silicone compound, an organic compound modified silicone compound, a fluorine compound, an aminoalkyd compound, a melamine compound, an acrylic compound, a polyester compound, and a length. Examples thereof include chain alkyl compounds. These compounds can be emulsion type, solvent type or solvent-free type.
The thickness of the release sheet can be, for example, about 15 to 200 μm.
[粘着シートの製造方法]
 本開示の粘着シートは、任意の適切な方法により製造することができる。
本開示の粘着シートは、基材又は離型シートと粘着層との積層体を製造することによって得ることができる。このような積層体は、例えば、
(1)粘着組成物の溶液や熱溶融液を基材又は離型シート上に塗布して粘着層を形成する方法、
(2)前記(1)に準じ、離型シート上に塗布、形成した粘着層を基材上に転写する方法、
(3)粘着組成物を基材上に押出して形成塗布する方法、
(4)基材層と粘着層を二層または多層にて押出しする方法、
などの、任意の適切な方法によって製造することができる。
 中でも前記(1)の製造方法が好適に用いられる。
[Manufacturing method of adhesive sheet]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure can be produced by any suitable method.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure can be obtained by producing a base material or a laminate of a release sheet and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Such a laminate is, for example,
(1) A method of forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by applying a solution of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a heat-melted liquid onto a base material or a release sheet.
(2) A method of transferring an adhesive layer applied and formed on a release sheet onto a substrate according to the above (1).
(3) A method of extruding an adhesive composition onto a substrate to form and apply it.
(4) A method of extruding a base material layer and an adhesive layer in two or multiple layers,
It can be manufactured by any suitable method, such as.
Above all, the production method of (1) above is preferably used.
 また、本開示の粘着シートに用いられる基材の表面には、所望により表面処理を行うことができる。この時の表面処理としては、例えば(1)コロナ放電処理やグロー放電処理などの放電処理、(2)プラズマ処理、(3)火炎処理、(4)オゾン処理、(5)紫外線処理や電子線、放射線処理等の電離活性線処理、(6)サンドマット処理やヘアライン処理などの粗面化処理、(7)化学薬品処理、(8)アンカー層形成等が挙げられる。アンカー層としては、ポリウレタン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、ポリエステルポリウレタン樹脂などが用いられる。このアンカー層の厚さは、通常0.01~1.5μmの範囲である。 Further, the surface of the base material used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure can be surface-treated if desired. The surface treatment at this time includes, for example, (1) discharge treatment such as corona discharge treatment and glow discharge treatment, (2) plasma treatment, (3) flame treatment, (4) ozone treatment, (5) ultraviolet treatment and electron beam. , Ionizing active ray treatment such as radiation treatment, (6) roughening treatment such as sand mat treatment and hairline treatment, (7) chemical treatment, (8) anchor layer formation and the like. As the anchor layer, a polyurethane resin, a polyester resin, an acrylic resin, a polyester polyurethane resin, or the like is used. The thickness of this anchor layer is usually in the range of 0.01 to 1.5 μm.
 基材又は離型シートへの粘着組成物の適用方法としては、適宜選択して公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、グラビアコート法、リバースコート法、ナイフコート法、ディップコート法、スプレーコート法、エアーナイフコート法、スピンコート法、ロールコート法、プリント法、浸漬引き上げ法、カーテンコート法、ダイコート法、キャスティング法、バーコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、E型塗布方法等の塗布方法や各種印刷法、金型等を用いた転写法などが挙げられる。 As a method for applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to the base material or the release sheet, a known method can be appropriately selected and used. For example, gravure coat method, reverse coat method, knife coat method, dip coat method, spray coat method, air knife coat method, spin coat method, roll coat method, printing method, immersion pulling method, curtain coat method, die coat method, casting. Examples thereof include a coating method such as a method, a bar coating method, an extrusion coating method, an E-type coating method, various printing methods, and a transfer method using a mold or the like.
 基材又は離型シート上に適用された粘着組成物層は、適宜必要に応じて溶剤を除去(乾燥)して、加熱することにより熱架橋剤を熱架橋して、粘着層とすることができる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition layer applied on the base material or the release sheet may be formed into a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by thermally cross-linking the heat-crosslinking agent by removing (drying) the solvent as necessary and heating. can.
 本開示の粘着シートは、粘着剤成分と前記本開示の気体発生剤とを含有する粘着組成物又はその硬化物である粘着層を備えることにより、前述と同様の作用により、使用時には十分な粘着力を有しながら、剥離する際に被着体からの剥離力を小さくでき、被着体からの易剥離性に優れた粘着シートである。また、気体発生剤の含有量を少なくすることもできるため、粘着層が白濁し難く、透明性も高いものにすることができる。
 本開示の粘着シートは、使用後の被着体からの易剥離性に優れているので、例えば、各種電子部材や光学部材などの精密化や複雑化による、被着体自体の薄膜化、機能の集積化、微細化に伴い、被着体自身や被保護部材表面が破壊しやすい場合や、被着体において保護シートを貼付する側の面が幅広の広面積で、被着体から保護シートを剥離するのに要する力が増す場合にも、好適な粘着シートとして用いることができる。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure is provided with a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas-generating agent of the present disclosure, or a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer which is a cured product thereof. It is an adhesive sheet that can reduce the peeling force from the adherend at the time of peeling while having a force, and has excellent peelability from the adherend. Further, since the content of the gas generating agent can be reduced, the adhesive layer is less likely to become cloudy and has high transparency.
Since the adhesive sheet of the present disclosure is excellent in easy peeling property from the adherend after use, for example, the adherend itself can be thinned and functioned by refining and complicating various electronic members and optical members. When the adherend itself or the surface of the protected member is easily destroyed due to the integration and miniaturization of It can also be used as a suitable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet when the force required for peeling is increased.
 本開示の粘着シートは、上記特徴から、高接着易剥離を目的とした工程粘着材料に好適に用いることができ、具体的には例えば、半導体チップの製造工程における厚膜ウエハの研磨工程時の仮固定の支持体、また、薄膜ウエハを半導体チップにダイシングする際の仮固定の支持体、積層セラミックスコンデンサ(MLCC)の製造工程における圧着一体化したシートを切断してチップ化する際の仮固定の支持体、フレキシブルプリント配線板製造工程における仮固定の支持体、フレキシブルプリント配線板やフレキシブル有機ELディスプレイの製造工程における上記基板の表面を保護する工程用再剥離型の粘着保護シート等が挙げられる。 Due to the above characteristics, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present disclosure can be suitably used as a process pressure-sensitive adhesive material for the purpose of high adhesiveness and easy peeling. Temporarily fixed support, temporary fixing support when dicing a thin film wafer to a semiconductor chip, temporary fixing when cutting a crimp-integrated sheet in the manufacturing process of a laminated ceramics capacitor (MLCC) to make a chip Examples thereof include a support for temporary fixing in the manufacturing process of a flexible printed wiring board, a removable adhesive protective sheet for a process that protects the surface of the substrate in the manufacturing process of a flexible printed wiring board and a flexible organic EL display, and the like. ..
 以下、本開示について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本開示の実施形態を制限するものではない。
 製造した各化合物は、H-NMR測定(装置名AVANCE 400MHz、BRUKER製)により、化学構造を確認した。
Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be specifically described with reference to examples. These statements do not limit the embodiments of the present disclosure.
The chemical structure of each of the produced compounds was confirmed by 1 H-NMR measurement (device name: AVANCE 400 MHz, manufactured by BRUKER).
(製造例1:化合物1(気体発生剤)の製造)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器にメチルエチルケトン(MEK、昭和インク製)15.61g、5-メルカプト-1-フェニル-1Hテトラゾール(東京化成製)2g(0.0112mol)、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレート(ビスコート13F 大阪有機化学製)4.69g(0.0112mol)、ジメチルフェニルホスフィン0.1g(触媒:アクリレートに対して6mol%)を添加し、窒素バブリングを10分間行った後、窒素雰囲気にし、80℃で6時間撹拌した。
 6時間後、室温に戻し、MEKと純水で分液を行い、MEKを留去し真空乾燥後、下記式で表される化合物1を5.95g(0.010mol、収率89%)得た。H-NMR(溶媒:CDCl)により目的物が合成できていることを確認した。
NMRケミカルシフトppm(多重度、プロトン数):7.50-7.57(m、5H)、4.40-4.44(m、2H)、3.60-3.64(m、2H)、3.0-3.10(m、2H)、2.50-2.60(m、2H)
(Production Example 1: Production of Compound 1 (gas generating agent))
Reactor equipped with cooling tube, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, digital thermometer, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK, manufactured by Showa Inc.) 15.61 g, 5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei) ) 2 g (0.0112 mol), 2- (perfluorohexyl) ethyl acrylate (Viscoat 13F, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemistry) 4.69 g (0.0112 mol), dimethylphenylphosphine 0.1 g (catalyst: 6 mol% with respect to acrylate) Was added, nitrogen bubbling was performed for 10 minutes, the atmosphere was changed to a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 6 hours.
After 6 hours, the temperature was returned to room temperature, liquid separation was performed with MEK and pure water, MEK was distilled off, and after vacuum drying, 5.95 g (0.010 mol, yield 89%) of Compound 1 represented by the following formula was obtained. rice field. 1 It was confirmed that the target product could be synthesized by 1 H-NMR (solvent: CDCl 3 ).
NMR chemical shift ppm (multiplicity, number of protons): 7.50-7.57 (m, 5H), 4.40-4.44 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.64 (m, 2H) , 3.0-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.60 (m, 2H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(製造例2:化合物2(気体発生剤)の製造)
 製造例1において、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートの代わりに、2-(パーフルオロブチル)エチルアクリレート(東京化成製)3.57g(0.0112mol)を用いた以外は、製造例1と同様にして、下記式で表される化合物2を5.4g(0.0108mol、収率97%)得た。H-NMR(溶媒:CDCl)により目的物が合成できていることを確認した。
NMRケミカルシフトppm(多重度、プロトン数):7.50-7.57(m、5H)、4.40-4.44(m、2H)、3.60-3.64(m、2H)、3.0-3.10(m、2H)、2.50-2.60(m、2H)
(Production Example 2: Production of Compound 2 (gas generating agent))
In Production Example 1, 3.57 g (0.0112 mol) of 2- (perfluorobutyl) ethyl acrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei) was used instead of 2- (perfluorohexyl) ethyl acrylate. Similarly, 5.4 g (0.0108 mol, yield 97%) of the compound 2 represented by the following formula was obtained. 1 It was confirmed that the target product could be synthesized by 1 H-NMR (solvent: CDCl 3 ).
NMR chemical shift ppm (multiplicity, number of protons): 7.50-7.57 (m, 5H), 4.40-4.44 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.64 (m, 2H) , 3.0-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.60 (m, 2H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(製造例3:化合物3(気体発生剤)の製造)
(1)化合物3の化合物中間体1(5-メルカプト-1-ナフチル-1Hテトラゾール)の合成
 冷却管、添加用ロート、Ar用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器にアセトニトリル(富士フィルム和光純薬製)500g、1-ナフチルイソチオシアネート(東京化成製)25g(0.135mol)、アジ化ナトリウム(富士フィルム和光純薬製)25g(0.162mol)、塩化亜鉛(富士フィルム和光純薬製)22.1g(0.162mol)、を添加し、Arバブリングを10分間行った後、Ar雰囲気にし、80℃で2時間撹拌した。
 2時間後、室温に戻し、反応液を35℃で濃縮させ、5wt%のNaOH水溶液500mLを加え、室温で30分攪拌後、吸引ろ過により不要物を除去し、クロロホルムを用いて3回洗浄し有機層を除去し、濃塩酸40mLを滴下し、0℃から10℃にて10分間攪拌後、吸引ろ過およびイオン交換水150mLを用いて洗浄・乾燥後、再びアセトニトリル500mLを加え懸濁洗浄し、濃縮後吸引ろ過および減圧乾燥後、下記式で表される化合物中間体1を13.6g(0.060mol、収率44.2%、)を得た。H-NMR(溶媒:DMSO-d)により目的物が合成できていることを確認した。
NMRケミカルシフトppm(多重度、プロトン数):8.23-8.25(d、1H)、8.12-8.15(d、1H)、7.59-7.80(m、4H)、7.42-7.45(d、1H)
(Production Example 3: Production of Compound 3 (gas generating agent))
(1) Synthesis of compound intermediate 1 (5-mercapto-1-naphthyl-1H tetrazole) of compound 3 A reactor equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, an inlet for Ar, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer is equipped with acetonitrile (5-mercapto-1-naphthyl-1H tetrazole). Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. 500g, 1-naphthyl isothiocyanate (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei) 25g (0.135mol), sodium azide (manufactured by Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 25g (0.162mol), zinc chloride (Fuji Film Sum) 22.1 g (0.162 mol) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, Ar bubbling was performed for 10 minutes, the atmosphere was adjusted to Ar, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours.
After 2 hours, return to room temperature, concentrate the reaction solution at 35 ° C., add 500 mL of 5 wt% NaOH aqueous solution, stir at room temperature for 30 minutes, remove unnecessary substances by suction filtration, and wash 3 times with chloroform. After removing the organic layer, 40 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added dropwise, stirred at 0 ° C to 10 ° C for 10 minutes, washed and dried using suction filtration and 150 mL of ion-exchanged water, and then suspended and washed by adding 500 mL of acetonitrile again. After concentration, suction filtration and vacuum drying, 13.6 g (0.060 mol, yield 44.2%) of the compound intermediate 1 represented by the following formula was obtained. 1 It was confirmed by 1 H-NMR (solvent: DMSO-d 6 ) that the target product could be synthesized.
NMR chemical shift ppm (multiplicity, number of protons): 8.23-8.25 (d, 1H), 8.12-8.15 (d, 1H), 7.59-7.80 (m, 4H) , 7.42-7.45 (d, 1H)
(2)化合物3(気体発生剤)の合成
 製造例1において、5-メルカプト-1-フェニル-1Hテトラゾールの代わりに、化合物中間体1を2.55g(0.0112mol)用いた以外は、製造例1と同様にして、下記式で表される化合物3を 6.50 g(0.0101mol、収率90%)得た。H-NMR(溶媒:CDCl)により目的物が合成できていることを確認した。
NMRケミカルシフトppm(多重度、プロトン数):8.07-8.10(d、1H)、7.97-8.00(d、1H)、7.50-7.60(m、5H)、4.40-4.44(m、2H)、3.60-3.64(m、2H)、3.0-3.10(m、2H)、2.50-2.60(m、2H)
(2) Synthesis of Compound 3 (Gas Generator) Production Example 1 except that 2.55 g (0.0112 mol) of Compound Intermediate 1 was used instead of 5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole. In the same manner as in Example 1, 6.50 g (0.0101 mol, yield 90%) of compound 3 represented by the following formula was obtained. 1 It was confirmed that the target product could be synthesized by 1 H-NMR (solvent: CDCl 3 ).
NMR chemical shift ppm (multiplicity, number of protons): 8.07-8.10 (d, 1H), 7.97-8.00 (d, 1H), 7.50-7.60 (m, 5H) 4.40-4.44 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.0-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.60 (m, 2H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(比較製造例1:比較化合物1の製造)
 製造例1において、5-メルカプト-1-フェニル-1Hテトラゾールの代わりに、5-メルカプト-1-メチル-1Hテトラゾール(東京化成製)1.3g(0.0112mol)を用いた以外は、製造例1と同様にして、下記式で表される比較化合物1を5.68g(0.0106mol、収率95%)得た。H-NMR(溶媒:CDCl)により目的物が合成できていることを確認した。
NMRケミカルシフトppm(多重度、プロトン数):4.40-4.44(m、2H)、4.00-4.10(s、3H)、3.60-3.64(m、2H)、3.0-3.10(m、2H)、2.50-2.60(m、2H)
(Comparative Production Example 1: Production of Comparative Compound 1)
Production Example 1 except that 1.3 g (0.0112 mol) of 5-mercapto-1-methyl-1H tetrazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei) was used instead of 5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole. In the same manner as in No. 1, 5.68 g (0.0106 mol, yield 95%) of Comparative Compound 1 represented by the following formula was obtained. 1 It was confirmed that the target product could be synthesized by 1 H-NMR (solvent: CDCl 3 ).
NMR chemical shift ppm (multiplicity, number of protons): 4.40-4.44 (m, 2H), 4.00-4.10 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.64 (m, 2H) , 3.0-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.60 (m, 2H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(比較製造例2:比較化合物2の製造)
 製造例1において、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートの代わりに、エチルアクリレート(東京化成製)1.12g(0.0112mol)を用いた以外は、製造例1と同様にして、下記式で表される比較化合物2を2.99g(0.0108mol、収率96%)得た。H-NMR(溶媒:CDCl)により目的物が合成できていることを確認した。
NMRケミカルシフトppm(多重度、プロトン数):4.35-4.40(t、2H)、3.55-3.60(t、2H)、3.0-3.10(t、2H)、2.40-2.60(m、3H)
(Comparative Production Example 2: Production of Comparative Compound 2)
In Production Example 1, 1.12 g (0.0112 mol) of ethyl acrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei) was used instead of 2- (perfluorohexyl) ethyl acrylate, but the following formula was used in the same manner as in Production Example 1. 2.99 g (0.0108 mol, yield 96%) of Comparative Compound 2 represented was obtained. 1 It was confirmed that the target product could be synthesized by 1 H-NMR (solvent: CDCl 3 ).
NMR chemical shift ppm (multiplicity, number of protons): 4.35-4.40 (t, 2H), 3.55-3.60 (t, 2H), 3.0-3.10 (t, 2H) 2.40-2.60 (m, 3H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 また、比較化合物3として5-メルカプト-1-フェニル-1Hテトラゾール(東京化成製)を準備した。 In addition, 5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei) was prepared as the comparative compound 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
[評価]
<モル吸光係数>
 モル吸光係数は、得られた化合物を0.1mMになるように酢酸エチルに溶解させ、紫外可視分光光度計(島津製作所製 紫外可視分光光度計UV2700)を用いて、230nm~800nmの波長域の吸収スペクトルを測定し、得られた吸収スペクトルにおける吸光度を用いて、下記式により計算して得られる値を求めた。
 ε=A/c×d
(式中εはモル吸光係数を表し、Aは吸光度、cはモル濃度を表し、dはセル厚みを表す。)
 波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値と、吸光度が0.01となる長波長側の末端吸収波長を表3に示す。
[evaluation]
<Mole extinction coefficient>
The molar absorption coefficient is determined by dissolving the obtained compound in ethyl acetate so as to be 0.1 mM, and using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (UV2700, Shimadzu Corporation's ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer UV2700) in the wavelength range of 230 nm to 800 nm. The absorption spectrum was measured, and the value obtained by calculation by the following formula was obtained using the absorbance in the obtained absorption spectrum.
ε = A / c × d
(In the formula, ε represents the molar extinction coefficient, A represents the absorbance, c represents the molar concentration, and d represents the cell thickness.)
Table 3 shows the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm and the terminal absorption wavelength on the long wavelength side where the absorbance is 0.01.
<気体発生の有無>
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体(商品名:SKダイン1811L、綜研化学製)100質量部、熱架橋剤(イソシアネート系架橋剤、商品名:コロネートL、日本ポリウレタン工業製)6質量部、化合物1~3及び比較化合物1~3の各化合物39.4質量部、溶剤(商品名:商品名:KT-11、昭和インク製)486.77質量部をそれぞれ混合し、PET基材(商品名:ルミラーU34 75μm東レ製)に乾燥後の膜厚50μmになるようアプリケーター(ヨシミツ精機製)で塗工した。80℃オーブンで3分間加熱後、粘着層を得た後、25mm幅にカットして、離型PETフィルムを剥離した粘着シートの粘着層側を、ガラス板被着体(商品名:無アルカリガラス OA-11、日本電気硝子製)に2kgローラー(テスター産業製)で1往復させ貼りつけた後、23℃、湿度約60%の条件下で3時間放置後に超高圧水銀灯を用いて、露光量3000mJ/cmで紫外線(UV)照射を行い、ガラス被着体との界面に気泡が発生するか観察した。
(気体発生の有無の評価基準)
〇:気体が発生する。
×:気体が全く発生しない。
<Presence / absence of gas generation>
(Meta) acrylic acid ester polymer (trade name: SK Dyne 1811L, manufactured by Soken Kagaku) 100 parts by mass, thermal cross-linking agent (isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, trade name: Coronate L, manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry) 6 parts by mass, compound 39.4 parts by mass of each of 1 to 3 and comparative compounds 1 to 3 and 486.77 parts by mass of a solvent (trade name: trade name: KT-11, manufactured by Showa Ink) are mixed, and a PET substrate (trade name) is mixed. : Lumirer U34 75 μm manufactured by Toray) was coated with an applicator (manufactured by Yoshimitsu Seiki) so that the film thickness after drying was 50 μm. After heating in an oven at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes to obtain an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer side of the adhesive sheet from which the release PET film was peeled off by cutting to a width of 25 mm was placed on the adhesive layer side of the glass plate adherend (trade name: non-alkali glass). OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass) is reciprocated once with a 2 kg roller (manufactured by Tester Sangyo), and then left for 3 hours under the conditions of 23 ° C and 60% humidity, and then exposed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. Ultraviolet (UV) irradiation was performed at 3000 mJ / cm 2 , and it was observed whether bubbles were generated at the interface with the glass adherend.
(Evaluation criteria for the presence or absence of gas generation)
〇: Gas is generated.
X: No gas is generated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
(実施例1)
(1)粘着組成物の調製
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステル系重合体(商品名:SKダイン1811L、綜研化学製)100質量部、光硬化性多官能化合物(商品名:ウレタンアクリレート U-10PA、新中村化学製)50質量部、光開始剤(商品名:Omnirad 819、IGM Resins B.V.製)1.5質量部、熱架橋剤(イソシアネート系架橋剤、商品名:コロネートL、日本ポリウレタン工業製)6質量部、製造例1の化合物1(気体発生剤)39.4質量部、溶剤(商品名:KT-11、昭和インク製)659.19質量部をそれぞれ混合して、実施例1の粘着組成物1を得た。
(Example 1)
(1) Preparation of adhesive composition (meth) Acrylic acid ester polymer (trade name: SK Dyne 1811L, manufactured by Soken Kagaku) 100 parts by mass, photocurable polyfunctional compound (trade name: urethane acrylate U-10PA, new) Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 50 parts by mass, photoinitiator (trade name: Omnirad 819, IGM Resins B.V.) 1.5 parts by mass, thermal cross-linking agent (isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, trade name: Coronate L, Nippon Polyurethane Industry) (Manufactured by) 6 parts by mass, compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 by 39.4 parts by mass, solvent (trade name: KT-11, manufactured by Showa Ink) 659.19 parts by mass, respectively, in Example 1 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 1 of the above was obtained.
(2)粘着シートの製造
 上記で得られた粘着組成物1をPET基材(商品名:ルミラーU34 75μm東レ製)に乾燥後の膜厚50μmになるようアプリケーター(ヨシミツ精機製)で塗工した。80℃オーブンで3分間加熱後、粘着層を得た。その後、粘着層に離型PETフィルム(商品名:E7006、東洋紡製)をクリーンローラーで貼合わせ、粘着シート1を製造した。
(2) Manufacture of Adhesive Sheet The adhesive composition 1 obtained above was coated on a PET substrate (trade name: Lumirer U34 75 μm manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) with an applicator (manufactured by Yoshimitsu Seiki) so that the film thickness after drying was 50 μm. .. After heating in an oven at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes, an adhesive layer was obtained. Then, a release PET film (trade name: E7006, manufactured by Toyobo) was attached to the adhesive layer with a clean roller to manufacture an adhesive sheet 1.
(実施例2~3)
(1)粘着組成物の調製
 実施例1の(1)において、製造例1の化合物1を、製造例2の化合物2又は製造例3の化合物3にそれぞれ変更した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、粘着組成物2又は3を得た。
(Examples 2 to 3)
(1) Preparation of Adhesive Composition In Example 1 (1), the compound 1 of Production Example 1 was changed to the compound 2 of Production Example 2 or the compound 3 of Production Example 3, respectively. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 2 or 3 was obtained in the same manner as in 1).
(2)粘着シートの製造
 実施例1の(2)において、粘着組成物1を粘着組成物2又は3にそれぞれ変更した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、実施例2又は3の粘着シート2又は3を得た。
(2) Production of Adhesive Sheet Example 2 or Example 1 in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the adhesive composition 1 was changed to the adhesive composition 2 or 3 in (2) of Example 1. The adhesive sheet 2 or 3 of 3 was obtained.
(実施例4)
(1)粘着組成物の調製
 実施例1の(1)において、製造例1の化合物1(気体発生剤)39.4質量部を、製造例3の化合物3(気体発生剤)6.6質量部に変更した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、粘着組成物4を得た。
(Example 4)
(1) Preparation of Adhesive Composition In (1) of Example 1, 39.4 parts by mass of compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 and 6.6 parts by mass of compound 3 (gas generator) of Production Example 3 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 4 was obtained in the same manner as in (1) of Example 1 except that the parts were changed to parts.
(2)粘着シートの製造
 実施例1の(2)において、粘着組成物1を粘着組成物4に変更した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、実施例4の粘着シート4を得た。
(2) Production of Adhesive Sheet The adhesive sheet 4 of Example 4 is the same as (2) of Example 1 except that the adhesive composition 1 is changed to the adhesive composition 4 in (2) of Example 1. Got
(比較例1)
(1)比較粘着組成物の調製
 実施例1の(1)において、製造例1の化合物1を、比較製造例1の比較化合物1に変更した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較粘着組成物1を得た。
(Comparative Example 1)
(1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition In Example 1 (1), compound 1 of Production Example 1 was changed to Comparative Compound 1 of Comparative Production Example 1 in the same manner as in Example 1 (1). The comparative pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 1 was obtained.
(2)比較粘着シートの製造
 実施例1の(2)において、粘着組成物1を比較粘着組成物1に変更した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較例1の比較粘着シート1を得た。
(2) Production of Comparative Adhesive Sheet Comparison of Comparative Example 1 in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the adhesive composition 1 was changed to the comparative adhesive composition 1 in (2) of Example 1. Adhesive sheet 1 was obtained.
(比較例2)
(1)比較粘着組成物の調製
 実施例1の(1)において、製造例1の化合物1を、比較製造例2の比較化合物2に変更した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較粘着組成物2を得た。
(Comparative Example 2)
(1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition The same as (1) of Example 1 except that the compound 1 of Production Example 1 was changed to the comparative compound 2 of Comparative Production Example 2 in (1) of Example 1. The comparative pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 2 was obtained.
(2)比較粘着シートの製造
 実施例1の(2)において、粘着組成物1を比較粘着組成物2に変更した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較例2の比較粘着シート2を得た。
(2) Production of Comparative Adhesive Sheet Comparison of Comparative Example 2 in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the adhesive composition 1 was changed to the comparative adhesive composition 2 in (2) of Example 1. Adhesive sheet 2 was obtained.
(比較例3)
(1)比較粘着組成物の調製
 実施例1の(1)において、製造例1の化合物1(気体発生剤)39.4質量部を、比較製造例2の比較化合物2(気体発生剤)6.6質量部に変更した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較粘着組成物3を得た。
(Comparative Example 3)
(1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition In (1) of Example 1, 39.4 parts by mass of compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 was used, and comparative compound 2 (gas generator) 6 of Comparative Production Example 2 was used. A comparative pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 3 was obtained in the same manner as in (1) of Example 1 except that the composition was changed to 6.6 parts by mass.
(2)比較粘着シートの製造
 実施例1の(2)において、粘着組成物1を比較粘着組成物3に変更した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較例3の比較粘着シート3を得た。
(2) Production of Comparative Adhesive Sheet Comparison of Comparative Example 3 in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the adhesive composition 1 was changed to the comparative adhesive composition 3 in (2) of Example 1. An adhesive sheet 3 was obtained.
(比較例4)
(1)比較粘着組成物の調製
 実施例1の(1)において、製造例1の化合物1を、比較化合物3(5-メルカプト-1-フェニル-1Hテトラゾール(東京化成製))に変更した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較粘着組成物4を得た。
(Comparative Example 4)
(1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition In Example 1 (1), compound 1 of Production Example 1 was changed to comparative compound 3 (5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei)). Obtained a comparative adhesive composition 4 in the same manner as in (1) of Example 1.
(2)比較粘着シートの製造
 実施例1の(2)において、粘着組成物1を比較粘着組成物4に変更した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較例4の比較粘着シート4を得た。
(2) Production of Comparative Adhesive Sheet Comparison of Comparative Example 4 in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the adhesive composition 1 was changed to the comparative adhesive composition 4 in (2) of Example 1. An adhesive sheet 4 was obtained.
(比較例5)
(1)比較粘着組成物の調製
 実施例1の(1)において、製造例1の化合物1(気体発生剤)39.4質量部を、比較化合物3(5-メルカプト-1-フェニル-1Hテトラゾール)6.6質量部に変更した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較粘着組成物5を得た。
(Comparative Example 5)
(1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition In (1) of Example 1, 39.4 parts by mass of compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 was added to comparative compound 3 (5-mercapto-1-phenyl-1H tetrazole). ) The comparative adhesive composition 5 was obtained in the same manner as in (1) of Example 1 except that the composition was changed to 6.6 parts by mass.
(2)比較粘着シートの製造
 実施例1の(2)において、粘着組成物1を比較粘着組成物5に変更した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較例5の比較粘着シート5を得た。
(2) Production of Comparative Adhesive Sheet Comparison of Comparative Example 5 in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the adhesive composition 1 was changed to the comparative adhesive composition 5 in (2) of Example 1. An adhesive sheet 5 was obtained.
(比較例6)
(1)比較粘着組成物の調製
 実施例1の(1)において、製造例1の化合物1(気体発生剤)39.4質量部を用いなかった以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較粘着組成物6を得た。
(Comparative Example 6)
(1) Preparation of Comparative Adhesive Composition Same as (1) of Example 1 except that 39.4 parts by mass of compound 1 (gas generator) of Production Example 1 was not used in (1) of Example 1. A comparative adhesive composition 6 was obtained.
(2)比較粘着シートの製造
 実施例1の(2)において、粘着組成物1を比較粘着組成物6に変更した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較例6の比較粘着シート6を得た。
(2) Production of Comparative Adhesive Sheet Comparison of Comparative Example 6 in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the adhesive composition 1 was changed to the comparative adhesive composition 6 in (2) of Example 1. An adhesive sheet 6 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
[評価]
<気体発生の有無>
 25mm幅にカットして、離型PETフィルムを剥離した粘着シートの粘着層側を、ガラス板被着体(商品名:無アルカリガラス OA-11、日本電気硝子製)に2kgローラー(テスター産業製)で1往復させ貼りつけた後、23℃、湿度約60%の条件下で3時間放置後に超高圧水銀灯を用いて、露光量3000mJ/cmで紫外線(UV)照射を行い、ガラス被着体との界面に気泡が発生するか観察した。
(気体発生の有無の評価基準)
〇:気体が発生。
×:気体が全く発生しない。
[evaluation]
<Presence / absence of gas generation>
The adhesive layer side of the adhesive sheet that was cut to a width of 25 mm and the release PET film was peeled off was placed on a glass plate adherend (trade name: non-alkali glass OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass) with a 2 kg roller (manufactured by Tester Sangyo). ), After sticking it back and forth once, leaving it for 3 hours under the condition of 23 ° C. and humidity of about 60%, and then using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, irradiate with ultraviolet rays (UV) at an exposure of 3000 mJ / cm 2 and adhere to the glass. It was observed whether bubbles were generated at the interface with the body.
(Evaluation criteria for the presence or absence of gas generation)
〇: Gas is generated.
X: No gas is generated.
<粘着層の剥離強度評価>
 25mm幅にカットして、離型PETフィルムを剥離した粘着シートの粘着層側を、ガラス板被着体(商品名:無アルカリガラス OA-11、日本電気硝子製)に2kgローラー(テスター産業製)で1往復させ貼りつけた後、23℃、湿度約60%の条件下で3時間放置後にUV照射前剥離力(初期剥離力)を測定した。その後さらに、超高圧水銀灯を用いて、露光量3000mJ/cmで紫外線(UV)照射を行った後に、UV照射後剥離力を測定した。
 剥離力の測定は、テンシロン(RTF-1150-H エー・アンド・デイ製)を用いて、180°引っ張り試験(移動速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度、50mm移動)にて行った。
<Evaluation of peel strength of adhesive layer>
The adhesive layer side of the adhesive sheet that was cut to a width of 25 mm and the release PET film was peeled off was placed on a glass plate adherend (trade name: non-alkali glass OA-11, manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass) with a 2 kg roller (manufactured by Tester Sangyo). ) Was reciprocated once, and then left for 3 hours under the conditions of 23 ° C. and a humidity of about 60%, and then the peeling force before UV irradiation (initial peeling force) was measured. After that, ultraviolet (UV) irradiation was further performed with an exposure amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and then the peeling force after UV irradiation was measured.
The peeling force was measured by a 180 ° tensile test (moving speed 300 mm / min, peeling angle 180 degrees, moving 50 mm) using Tensilon (RTF-1150-H manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.).
<粘着層の状態>
 UV照射前の粘着シートの全光線透過率を、JIS K7361-1に準拠して、ヘイズメーター(村上色彩技術研究所製 HM150)により測定した。
(粘着層の状態の評価基準)
透明:全光線透過率80%以上である。
白濁:全光線透過率80%未満である。
<Condition of adhesive layer>
The total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet before UV irradiation was measured by a haze meter (HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute) in accordance with JIS K7361-1.
(Evaluation criteria for the condition of the adhesive layer)
Transparency: The total light transmittance is 80% or more.
White turbidity: Total light transmittance is less than 80%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
(結果のまとめ)
 本開示の気体発生剤を添加した粘着組成物の硬化物である粘着層を備えた実施例1~4の粘着シートでは、比較例に比べても光(UV)照射後剥離力が大きく低下したものであり、易剥離性に優れ、更に白濁も生じず、透明性にも優れたものであった。
 実施例4に示されるように、本開示の気体発生剤は粘着層の固形分中に4質量%と少量であっても、効率的に気体を発生し、光照射前の粘着力を高く保持しながら、光照射後剥離力が大きく低下することが明らかにされた。
 一方で、比較化合物1の気体発生剤を用いた比較例1では、表面に局在化したものの光照射による気体発生がみられておらず、光照射後剥離力の低下が劣っていた。比較化合物2の気体発生剤を用いた比較例2及び3では、気体発生剤の含有量が固形分中20質量%であれば、粘着層表面に気体の発生がみられたが、気体発生剤の含有量が固形分中4質量%と少量にすると、気体発生がみられなかった。比較例2及び3では、光照射後剥離力が、気体発生剤を用いない比較例6とほぼ同様であった。
 また、従来技術で用いられていた比較化合物3の気体発生剤を用いた比較例4では、粘着層表面に気体の発生がみられたが、粘着層が白濁し、且つ、光照射後剥離力の低下が劣っていた。比較化合物3の気体発生剤の相溶性が悪く粘着層が白濁することで、UV硬化阻害を引き起こしたと考えられる。比較化合物3の気体発生剤の含有量を固形分中4質量%と減らした比較例5では、気体発生がみられず、光照射後剥離力が、気体発生剤を用いない比較例6よりも劣っていた。
(Summary of results)
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets of Examples 1 to 4 provided with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer which is a cured product of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to which the gas generating agent of the present disclosure was added, the peeling power after light (UV) irradiation was significantly reduced as compared with the comparative example. It was excellent in easy peeling property, did not cause white turbidity, and was excellent in transparency.
As shown in Example 4, the gas generating agent of the present disclosure efficiently generates gas even in a small amount of 4% by mass in the solid content of the adhesive layer, and maintains high adhesive strength before light irradiation. However, it was clarified that the peeling force was greatly reduced after light irradiation.
On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1 using the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 1, although gas was not generated by light irradiation although it was localized on the surface, the decrease in peeling power after light irradiation was inferior. In Comparative Examples 2 and 3 using the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 2, when the content of the gas generating agent was 20% by mass in the solid content, gas was generated on the surface of the adhesive layer, but the gas generating agent. When the content of was as small as 4% by mass in the solid content, no gas generation was observed. In Comparative Examples 2 and 3, the peeling force after light irradiation was almost the same as that of Comparative Example 6 in which the gas generating agent was not used.
Further, in Comparative Example 4 using the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 3 used in the prior art, gas was generated on the surface of the adhesive layer, but the adhesive layer became cloudy and the peeling force after light irradiation. Was inferior. It is considered that UV curing inhibition was caused by the poor compatibility of the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 3 and the cloudiness of the adhesive layer. In Comparative Example 5 in which the content of the gas generating agent of Comparative Compound 3 was reduced to 4% by mass in the solid content, no gas generation was observed, and the peeling force after light irradiation was higher than that of Comparative Example 6 in which the gas generating agent was not used. It was inferior.
1   粘着層
2   基材又は離型シート
3   離型シート
10  粘着シート
1 Adhesive layer 2 Base material or mold release sheet 3 Release sheet 10 Adhesive sheet

Claims (10)

  1.  下記一般式(1)及び(2)の少なくとも1種で表され、波長240~450nmにおけるモル吸光係数の最大値が7000以上であり、光照射により気体が発生する気体発生剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(1)及び(2)中、
    Aはそれぞれ独立に、下記一般式(A-1)、(A-2)又は(A-3)で表される気体発生部を表し、
    Lはそれぞれ独立に、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、
    は、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、1価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表し、
    は、フッ素原子が直接結合した炭素原子の数が2~8であり、炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい2価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (一般式(A-1)、(A-2)及び(A-3)中、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~20の芳香族基、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、Rはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、シアノ基、-COOR、又は-CONR、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、シアノ基、-COOR、-CONR、又は前記-L-Qを表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を表し、Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数1~5の炭化水素基を表す。)
    A gas generator which is represented by at least one of the following general formulas (1) and (2), has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 7,000 or more at a wavelength of 240 to 450 nm, and generates a gas by light irradiation.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the general formulas (1) and (2),
    A independently represents a gas generating part represented by the following general formulas (A-1), (A-2) or (A-3).
    L each independently represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
    Q1 has 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded, may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, and may have a substituent. Represents a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a monovalent organopolysiloxane group.
    Q2 has a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms to which a fluorine atom is directly bonded and may contain an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain, or a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Represents a divalent organopolysiloxane group. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the general formulas (A-1), (A-2) and (A-3), R 1 is an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 2 is independent of each other. In addition, a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and R3 independently have a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. , Cyan group, -COOR 5 , or -CONR 6 R 7 , R 4 may have a substituent, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyano group, -COOR 5 , -CONR 6 R 7 , Or the above-LQ 1 , R 5 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom or. Represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)
  2.  前記一般式(1)及び(2)において、
    は、下記(Rf-1)~(Rf-5)で表されるいずれか1つの1価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、下記(Si-1)で表される1価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表し、
    は、下記(Rf-6)で表される2価のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、下記(Si-2)で表される2価のオルガノポリシロキサン基を表す、請求項1に記載の気体発生剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式(Rf-1)、式(Rf-2)及び式(Rf-3)において、nはそれぞれ独立に、2~8の整数を表し、式(Rf-4)において、n’は4~10の整数を表し、(Rf-5)において、nは1~8の整数、n”は0~7の整数、mは0~7整数、但しn+n”×mは2~8の整数を表し、Jは、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表し、(Rf-6)において、nは0~8の整数、n’は0~4の整数、mは0~8の整数、但しn+n”×mは2~8の整数を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式(Si-1)及び(Si-2)において、R11は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、又は下記一般式(Si-3)で表される基を表し、Jは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、又は(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表す。aはそれぞれ独立に、1~100の数を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (式(Si-3)において、R12は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基、水素原子、水酸基、又は炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基を表し、bは0~100の数を表す。)
    In the general formulas (1) and (2),
    Q 1 is any one of the monovalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups represented by the following (Rf-1) to (Rf-5), or the monovalent represented by the following (Si-1). Represents an organopolysiloxane group
    Q2 represents a divalent fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by the following (Rf-6) or a divalent organopolysiloxane group represented by the following (Si-2), claim 1. The gas generator according to.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the formula (Rf-1), the formula (Rf-2) and the formula (Rf-3), n independently represents an integer of 2 to 8, and in the formula (Rf-4), n'is 4 to 4 to. In (Rf-5), n represents an integer of 1 to 8, n "represents an integer of 0 to 7, m represents an integer of 0 to 7, and n + n" × m represents an integer of 2 to 8. , J 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and in (Rf-6), n is an integer of 0 to 8 and n'is an integer of 0 to 4. , M is an integer of 0 to 8, where n + n ”× m is an integer of 2 to 8).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the formulas (Si-1) and (Si-2), R 11 independently has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and the like. Represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a group represented by the following general formula (Si-3), and J2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents a group, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amino group, a carboxy group, or a (meth) acryloyloxy group. A independently represents a number of 1 to 100.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In the formula (Si-3), R 12 has a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or 1 to 20 carbon atoms, each of which may independently have a substituent. Represents an alkoxy group of, and b represents a number from 0 to 100.)
  3.  前記一般式(1)及び(2)において、
    Lは、それぞれ独立に、直接結合、或いは、-SCHCHCOO-、-SCHCH(CH)COO-、-SCHCH(OH)CH-、-OCHCH(OH)CH-、-SCH(CH)O-、-OCH(CH)O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-COS-、-SONH-、又は、-O-及び-S-からなる群から選択される1種以上が含まれていても良く、水酸基が置換されていても良い炭素数1~22の炭化水素基、或いは、これらの組み合わせを表す、請求項1又は2に記載の気体発生剤。
    In the general formulas (1) and (2),
    L can be directly bonded independently, or -SCH 2 CH 2 COO-, -SCH 2 CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -SCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH (OH) CH. 2- , -SCH (CH 3 ) O-, -OCH (CH 3 ) O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -COS-, -SO 2 NH-, or -O- and -S- The invention according to claim 1 or 2, wherein one or more selected from the group may be contained, or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, or a combination thereof. Gas generator.
  4.  粘着剤成分と、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の気体発生剤とを含有する、粘着組成物。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  5.  光硬化性成分と、光開始剤とを含有する、請求項4に記載の粘着組成物。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to claim 4, which contains a photocurable component and a photoinitiator.
  6.  熱架橋剤を含有する、請求項4又は5に記載の粘着組成物。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to claim 4 or 5, which contains a thermal cross-linking agent.
  7.  粘着層と、前記粘着層の一方の面に基材又は離型シートを備え、
    前記粘着層は、粘着剤成分と請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の気体発生剤とを含有する粘着組成物又はその硬化物であり、当該粘着層は、光照射により初期粘着力から粘着力が低下する特性を有する、粘着シート。
    A base material or a mold release sheet is provided on one surface of the adhesive layer and the adhesive layer.
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a cured product thereof containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive component and the gas generating agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an initial pressure-sensitive adhesive force when irradiated with light. An adhesive sheet that has the property of reducing adhesive strength.
  8.  前記粘着層の前記基材又は離型シート側とは反対側の面に、更に離型シートを備える、請求項7に記載の粘着シート。 The adhesive sheet according to claim 7, further comprising a release sheet on the surface of the adhesive layer opposite to the base material or the release sheet side.
  9.  前記粘着組成物が、光硬化性成分と、光開始剤とを含有する、請求項7又は8に記載の粘着シート。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a photocurable component and a photoinitiator.
  10.  前記粘着組成物が、熱架橋剤を含有する、請求項7~9のいずれか1項に記載の粘着シート。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a heat-crosslinking agent.
PCT/JP2021/047514 2020-12-25 2021-12-22 Gas-generating agent, adhesive composition, and adhesive sheet WO2022138703A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022571540A JPWO2022138703A1 (en) 2020-12-25 2021-12-22
US18/269,072 US20240141213A1 (en) 2020-12-25 2021-12-22 Gas generating agent, pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
CN202180087145.8A CN116615415A (en) 2020-12-25 2021-12-22 Gas generating agent, adhesive composition, and adhesive sheet
KR1020237020907A KR102783841B1 (en) 2020-12-25 2021-12-22 Gas generator, adhesive composition and adhesive sheet

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020217124 2020-12-25
JP2020-217124 2020-12-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022138703A1 true WO2022138703A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Family

ID=82159753

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/047514 WO2022138703A1 (en) 2020-12-25 2021-12-22 Gas-generating agent, adhesive composition, and adhesive sheet

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20240141213A1 (en)
JP (1) JPWO2022138703A1 (en)
KR (1) KR102783841B1 (en)
CN (1) CN116615415A (en)
WO (1) WO2022138703A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011118506A1 (en) * 2010-03-24 2011-09-29 積水化学工業株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive tape, method for processing semiconductor wafer and method for producing tsv wafer
WO2013105582A1 (en) * 2012-01-12 2013-07-18 積水化学工業株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive tape, and method for processing wafer
JP2014196284A (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-10-16 キヤノン株式会社 Photosensitive gas generating agent and photocurable composition
WO2014175249A1 (en) * 2013-04-23 2014-10-30 積水化学工業株式会社 Tetrazole compound or salt thereof, adhesive composition, and adhesive tape

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2601956B2 (en) 1991-07-31 1997-04-23 リンテック株式会社 Removable adhesive polymer
JP2003231872A (en) 2001-08-03 2003-08-19 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Double sided adhesive tape and method of production for ic chip using the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011118506A1 (en) * 2010-03-24 2011-09-29 積水化学工業株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive tape, method for processing semiconductor wafer and method for producing tsv wafer
WO2013105582A1 (en) * 2012-01-12 2013-07-18 積水化学工業株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive tape, and method for processing wafer
JP2014196284A (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-10-16 キヤノン株式会社 Photosensitive gas generating agent and photocurable composition
WO2014175249A1 (en) * 2013-04-23 2014-10-30 積水化学工業株式会社 Tetrazole compound or salt thereof, adhesive composition, and adhesive tape

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202235565A (en) 2022-09-16
KR102783841B1 (en) 2025-03-21
JPWO2022138703A1 (en) 2022-06-30
KR20230122603A (en) 2023-08-22
US20240141213A1 (en) 2024-05-02
CN116615415A (en) 2023-08-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN107532043B (en) Ultraviolet-curable adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet
TWI445747B (en) Protective adhesive film, screen panel and portable electronic terminal
CN112724870B (en) Transparent adhesive sheet
CN107635772A (en) Resin film, laminated film, optical member, display member, front panel, and manufacturing method of laminated film
KR20170039600A (en) Active energy ray-curable adhesive composition excellent in insulating property
CN103154060B (en) Resin combination
CN113416500B (en) Adhesive film, optical element comprising adhesive film, and optical display device comprising optical element
CN105722938A (en) Ultraviolet curable adhesive composition, adhesive film and method for producing adhesive film
CN105143388A (en) Ultraviolet light-curing adhesive agent composition and adhesive agent
JP2022093347A (en) Adhesive sheet, adhesive component, flexible image display device member, laminate and image display device
JP2000063767A (en) Photo-curable adhesive composition
KR20140132573A (en) Adhesive composition and method manufacturing flexible display device using the same
WO2017104314A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive tape
WO2020054146A1 (en) Adhesive sheet
JP2024014872A (en) resin
JP6893486B2 (en) Display adhesive
WO2022138703A1 (en) Gas-generating agent, adhesive composition, and adhesive sheet
CN107240441B (en) Laminate and protective film
TW202111043A (en) Adhesive sheet, adhesive-attached optical film, and method for manufacturing image display device wherein the adhesive sheet has excellent transparency, and can suppress photocuring caused by the light of a fluorescent lamp or the like in a storage environment
JP7051456B2 (en) Reactive polymer with anti-fog property, method for producing the same, anti-fog resin composition
JP6762111B2 (en) Hard coating agent and laminated film
JP2008120011A (en) Hard coat film
US20240384138A1 (en) Curable organopolysiloxane composition, slightly-adhesive organopolysiloxane adhesive agent layer obtained by curing same, and laminate
US20240392165A1 (en) Curable organopolysiloxane composition, organopolysiloxane adhesive layer obtained by curing same, and laminate
WO2013146651A1 (en) (meth)acrylate containing cyclic ether group

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21910843

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022571540

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180087145.8

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 18269072

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21910843

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1